The Master Key System - IAPSOP.com

The Master Key SystemIn

Twenty -Four Parts

with

Questionnaire

and

Glossary

BY ^-

Charles F. Haanel I j & <

SAINT LOUIS, MO.

U. S. A. *

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

THE MASTER KEY SYSTEMThe Master Key is registered as a Trade-Mark in theUnited States Patent Office at Washington, D. C.

! Copyright in 1916 by Charles F. Haanel.Copyright in 1919 by Charles F. Haanel.

Copyright in all European countries, in GreatBritain, Canada, Australia and her other colonies ;in Japan, New Zealand, the Transvaal and in allPan-American countries.

r

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART ONE.

1. All possession is based oh consciousness. All gain is the result

test an accumu

lative consciousness. All loss is the resultof a scattering consciousness. That muchgathers more is true on every plane ofexistence and that loss leads to greater loss

is equally true.

2. Mind is creative, and conditions, environment and all experiences in life arethe result of our habitual or predominantmental attitude.

3. The attitude of mind necessarily depends upon what we think. Therefore, thesecret of all power, all achievement and allpossession depends upon our method ofthinking.

4. This is true because we must "be"before we can ' ' do, " and we can " do " onlyto the extent which we "are," and what we"are" depends upon what we "think."

5. We cannot express powers which wedo not possess, and the only way to securepossession of power is to become consciousof power, and we can never become con

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

4 THE MASTER KEY SYSTEM

scious of power until we learn that allpower is from within.

6. There is a world within ; a world ofthought and feeling and power ; of light andlife and beauty ; and although invisible, itsforces are mighty.

7. The world within is governed bymind. When we discover this world weshall find the solution for every problem,the cause for every effect; and since theworld within is subject to our control, alllaws, of power and possession are alsowithin our control.

8. The world without is a reflection ofthe world within. What appears without iswhat has been found within. In the worldwithin may be found infinite Wisdom, infinite Power, infinite Supply of all that isnecessary, waiting for unfoldment, development and expression. If we recognizethese potentialities in the world withinthey will take form in the world without.

9. Harmony in the world within will bereflected in the world without by harmonious conditions, agreeable surroundings,

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

THE MASTER KEY SYSTEM 5

the best of everything—It is the foundationof health, and a necessary essential to allgreatness, all power, all attainment, allachievement and all success.

10. Harmony in the world within meansthe ability to control our thoughts, to determine for ourselves how any experienceis to affect us.

11. Harmony in the world within results in optimism and affluence; affluencewithin results in affluence without.

12. The world without reflects the cir- .

cumstances and the conditions of the consciousness within.

13. If we find wisdom in the world within, we shall have the understanding to discern the marvelous possibilities which arelatent in this world within, and we shall begiven the power to make these possibilitiesmanifest in the world without.

14. As we become conscious of the wisdom in the world within, we mentally takepossession of this wisdom, and by takingmental possession we come into actual possession of the power and wisdom necessary

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


to bring into manifestation the essentialsnecessary for our most complete and harmonious development.

15. The world within is the practicalworld in which the men and women ofpower generate courage, hope, enthusiasm,confidence, trust and faith, by which theyare given the fine intelligence and practical skill to see the vision and make thevision real.

16. Life is an unfoldment, not accretion ; what comes to us in the world withoutis what we already possess in the worldwithin.

17. Mental efficiency is contingent uponharmony ; discord means confusion ; therefore, he who would acquire power must bein harmony with the law of his being.

18. We are related to the world withoutby the objective mind, the brain is the organ of this mind, and the cerebro-spinal

» system of nerves puts us in conscious communication with every part of the body.This system of nerves responds to every

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


sensation of light, heat, odor, sound andtaste.

19. When this mind thinks correctly,when it understands the truth, when thethoughts sent through the cerebro-spinalnervous system to the body are in accordance with the law of our being, these sensations are pleasant, harmonious.

20. The results are constructive; webuild strength, vitality and all constructiveforces into our body, but it is through thissame organ of the objective mind that alldistress, sickness, lack, limitation andevery form of discord and inharmony is admitted to our lives. It is therefore throughthe objective mind, or by wrong thinking,that we are related to all destructive forces.

21. We are related to the world withinby the sub-conscious mind; the SolarPlexus is the organ of this mind; the sympathetic system of nerves presides over allsubjective sensations, such as joy, fear,love, emotion, respiration, imagination andall other sub-conscious phenomena. It isthrough the sub-conscious that we are con

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


nected with the Universal Mind andbrought into relation with the Infinite con

structive forces of the universe. ' \22. It is through the Solar Plexus, the

organ of the sub-conscious mind, thafc\weare related to the world within. \

23. It is the equalization of these two \centers of our being, and the understanding of their functions, which is the greatsecret of life. With this knowledge we canbring the objective and subjective mindsinto conscious co-operation and thus coordinate the finite and the Infinite. Ourfuture is entirely under our own control!It is not at the mercy of any capriciousor uncertain external power.

24. All agree that there is but one Principle or Consciousness pervading the entireUniverse, occupying all space, and beingessentially the same in kind at every pointof its presence. It is Omnipotent, Omniscient and Omnipresent. All thoughts andthings are within Itself. It is all in all.

25. There is but one consciousness inthe universe able to think and when it

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


thinks its thoughts become objective thingsto it. As this Consciousness is omnipresent it must be present within every individual ; each individual must be a manifestation of that Omnipotent, Omniscient andOmnipresent Consciousness.

26. As there is only one Consciousnessin the Universe which is able to think, itnecessarily follows that your consciousnessis identical with the Universal Consciousness, or, in other words, all mind is onemind. There is no dodging this conclusion.

27. The consciousness which focuses inyour brain cells is the same consciousnesswhich focuses in the brain cells of everyother individual. Each individual is butthe individualization of the Universal, theCosmic Mind.

28. The Universal Mind is static or potential energy; it simply is ; it can manifestonly through the individual, and the individual can manifest only through the Universal. They are one.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


29. The ability of the individual tothink is his ability to act on the Universaland bring it into manifestation. Humanconsciousness consists only in the abilityof man to think. Thought is the vibratoryforce formed by converting static mind intodynamic mind.

30. As the sum of all attributes is contained in the Universal Mind; which is Omnipotent, Omniscient and Omnipresent,these attributes must be present at all timesin their potential form in every individual.Therefore, when the individual thinks, thethought is compelled by its nature to embody itself in an objectivity or conditionwhich will correspond with its origin.

31. Every thought is therefore a causeand every condition an effect ; for this reason it is absolutely essential that you control your thoughts so as to bring forth onlydesirable conditions.

32. All power is from within, and isabsolutely under your control; it comesthrough exact knowledge and by the voluntary exercise of exact principles.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


33. It should be plain that when youget a thorough understanding of this law,and are able to control your thought processes, you can apply it to any condition;in other words, you will have come intoconscious co-operation with Omnipotentlaw which is the fundamental basis of allthings.

34. The Universal Mind is the life principle of every atom which is in existence;all are continually striving to manifestmore life, all are intelligent, and all areseeking to carry out the purpose for whichthey were created.

35. A majority of mankind lives in theworld without; few have found the worldwithin, and yet it is the world within whichmakes the world without. The world within is one with the Universal, the world inwhich "we live and move and have ourbeing," the great creative principle of theUniverse; it is therefore creative and everything which you find in your world without has been created by you in the worldwithin.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


36. This system will bring you into aa realization of the power which will beyours when you understand this relationbetween the world without and the worldwithin. The world within is the can«e, theworld without the effect ; to change the effect you must change the cause.

37. You will at once see that this is aradically new and different idea ; most mentry to change effects by working with effects; they fail to see that this is simplychanging one form of distress for another.To remove discord, we must remove thecause, and this cause can only be found inthe world within.

38. The world within is the UniversalFountain of supply, and the world withoutis the outlet to the stream. Our ability toreceive depends upon our recognition ofthis Universal Fountain, this Infinite Energy of which each individual is an outlet,and so is one with every other individual.

39. All growth is from within. This isevident in all nature. Every plant, everyanimal, every human is a living testimony

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


to this great law, and the error of the agesis in looking for strength or power fromwithout.

40. A practical understanding of thislaw will substitute abundance for poverty,wisdom for ignorance, harmony for discord and freedom for tyranny, and certainly there can be no greater blessingsthan these from a material and socialstandpoint.

41. The three steps necessary to bringdesire into realization are Idealization,Visualization and Manifestation. The firststep then is to sow the seed; this shouldbe done in the Silence, but few of us knowwhat the silence is. It is a physical stillness. The time required is from fifteenminutes to half an hour daily. Select aroom where you can be alone and undisturbed; sit erect, comfortably, but do notlounge ; let your thoughts roam where theywill but be perfectly still ; continue this forthree or four days or for a week until yousecure full control of your physical being.

42. Many will find this extremely dif

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

14 THE MASTER. KEY SYSTEM

ficult, other will conquer with ease, but itis absolutely essential to secure completecontrol of the body before you are readyto progress. Next week you will receiveinstructions for the next step ; in the meantime you must have mastered this one.

Mind in itself is believed to be asubtle form of static energy, from whicharises the activities called "thought,"which is the dynamic phase of mind.Mind is static energy, thought is dynamic energy —the two phases of thesame thing. —Walker,

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART TWO.1. The operations of the mind are pro

duced by two parallel modes of activity,the one conscious, and the other sub-conscious. Prof. Davidson says :

' ' He whothinks to illuminate the whole range ofmental action by the light of his own consciousness is not unlike one who should goabout to illuminate the universe with arushlight."

2. The sub-conscious, logical processesare carried on with a certainty and regularity which would be impossible if thereexisted the possibility of error. Our mindis so designed that it prepares for us themost important foundations of cognition,whilst we have not the slightest apprehension of the modus operandi.

3. The sub-conscious soul, like a benevolent stranger, works and makes provisionfor our benefit, pouring only the maturefruit into our lap; thus ultimate analysisof thought processes shows that the subconscious is the theatre of the most important mental phenomena.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


4. It is through the sub-conscious thatShakespeare must have perceived, withouteffort, great truths which are hidden fromthe conscious mind of the student; thatPhidias fashioned marble and bronze ; thatRaphael painted Madonnas and Beethovencomposed symphonies.

5. Ease and perfection depend entirelyupon the degree in which we cease to depend upon the consciousness; playing thepiano, skating, operating the typewriter,the skilled trades, depend for their perfectexecution on the process of the sub-conscious mind. The marvel of playing a brilliant piece on the piano, while at the sametime conducting a vigorous conversation,shows the greatness of our sub-consciouspowers.

6. We are all aware how dependentwe are upon the sub-conscious, andthe greater, the nobler, the more brilliantour thoughts are, the more it is obviousto ourselves that the origin lies beyond ourken. We find ourselves endowed with tact,instinct, sense of the beautiful in art, mu

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


sic, etc., of whose origin or dwelling placewe are wholly unconscious.

7. The value of the sub-conscious isenormous; it inspires us; it warns us; itfurnishes us with names, facts and scenesfrom the storehouse of memory. It directsour thoughts, tastes, and accomplishestasks so intricate that n,o conscious mind,even if it had the power, has the capacityfor.

8. We can walk at will; we can raisethe arm whenever we choose to do so ; wecan give our attention through eye or earto any subject at pleasure. On the otherhand, we cannot stop our heartbeats northe circulation of the blood, nor the growthof stature, nor the formation of nerve andmuscle tissue, nor the building of the bones,nor many other important vital processes.

9. If we compare these two sets of action, the one decreed by the will of themoment, and the other proceeding in majestic, rhythmic course, subject to no vas-cillation, but constant at every moment, westand in awe of the latter, and ask to have

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


the mystery explained. We see at once thatthese are the vital processes of our physical life, and we can not avoid the inference that these all-important functions aredesignedly withdrawn from the domain ofour outward will with its variations andtransitions, and placed under the directionof a permanent and dependable powerwithin us.

10. Of these two powers, the outwardand changeable has been termed the ' ' Conscious Mind," or the "Objective Mind"(dealing with outward objects). The interior power is called the "Sub-consciousMind," or the "Subjective Mind," and besides its work on the mental plane it controls the regular functions which makephysical life possible.

11. It is necessary to have a clear understanding of their respective functionson the mental plane, as well as of certainother basic principles. Perceiving and operating through the five physical senses,the conscious mind deals with the impressions and objects of the outward life.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


12. It has the faculty of discrimination,carrying with it the responsibility ofchoice. It has the power of reasoningwhether inductive, deductive, analytical orsyllogistic, and this power may be developed to a high degree. It is the seat ofthe will with all the energies that flowtherefrom.

13. Not only can it impress otherminds, but it can direct the sub-consciousmind. In this way the conscious mind becomes the responsible ruler and guardianof the sub-conscious mind. It is this highfunction which can completely reverse conditions in your life.

14. It is often true that conditions offear, worry, poverty, disease, inharmonyand evils of all kinds dominate us by reason of false suggestions accepted by theunguarded sub-conscious mind. All thisthe trained conscious mind can entirelyprevent by its vigilant protective action. Itmay properly be called "the watchman atthe gate" of the great sub-conscious domain.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


15. One writer has expressed the chiefdistinction between the two phases of mindthus :

' ' Conscious mind is reasoning will. Subconscious mind is instinctive desire, the result of past reasoning will."

16. The sub-conscious mind draws justand accurate inferences from premises furnished from outside sources. Where thepremise is true, the sub-conscious mindreaches a faultless conclusion, but, wherethe premise or suggestion is an error, thewhole structure falls. The sub-consciousmind does not engage in the process ofproving. It relies upon the conscious mind,"the watchman at the gate," to guard itfrom mistaken impressions.

17. Receiving any suggestions as true,the sub-conscious mind at once proceedsto act thereon in the whole domain of itstremendous field of work. The consciousmind can suggest either truth or error. Ifthe latter, it is at the cost of wide-reachingperil to the whole being.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


18. The conscious mind ought to be onduty during every waking hour. When the"watchman" is "off guard, " or when itscalm judgment is suspended, under a variety of circumstances, then the sub-conscious mind is unguarded and left open tosuggestion from all sources. During thewild excitement of panic, or during theheight of anger, or the impulses of the irresponsible mob, or at any other time ofunrestrained passion, the conditions aremost dangerous. The sub-conscious mindis then open to the suggestion of fear,hatred, selfishness, greed, self-depreciationand other negative forces, derived fromsurrounding persons or circumstances.The result is usually unwholesome in theextreme, with effects that may endure todistress it for a long time. Hence, thegreat importance of guarding the sub-conscious mind from false impressions.

19. The sub-conscious mind perceivesby intuition. Hence, its processes arerapid. It does not wait for the slow methods of conscious reasoning. In fact, it cannot employ them.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


20. The sub-conscious mind neversleeps, never rests, any more than doesyour heart, or your blood. It has beenfound that by plainly stating to the subconscious mind certain specific things tobe accomplished, forces are set in operation that lead to the result desired. Here,then, is a source of power which places usin touch with Omnipotence. Herein is adeep principle which is well worth ourmost earnest study.

21. The operation of this law is interesting. Those who put it into operationfind that when they go out to meet the person with whom they anticipate a difficultinterview, lo! something has been therebefore them and dissolved the supposeddifferences; everything is changed; all isharmonious; they find that when some difficult business problem presents itself theycan afford to make delay and somethingsuggests the proper solution; everything isproperly arranged ; in fact, those who havelearned to trust the sub-conscious find that

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


they have infinite resources at their command.

22. The sub-conscious mind is the seatof our principles and our aspirations. Itis the fount of our artistic and altruisticideals. These instincts can only be overthrown by an elaborate and gradual process of undermining the innate principles.

23.' The sub-conscious mind can not ar- \

gue controversially. Hence, if it has accepted wrong suggestions, the sure methodof overcoming them is by the use of astrong counter suggestion, frequently repeated, which the mind must accept, thuseventually forming new and healthy habitsof thought and life, for the sub-consciousmind is the seat of Habit. That which wedo over and over becomes mechanical ; it isno longer an act of judgment, but hasworn its deep grooves in the sub-consciousmind. This is favorable for us if the habitbe wholesome and right. If it be harmfuland wrong, the remedy is to recognize theomnipotence of the sub-conscious mind and

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


suggest present actual freedom. The subconscious being creative and one with ourdivine source will at once create the freedom suggested.

24. To sum up: The normal functionsof the sub-conscious on the physical sidehave to do with the regular and vital processes, with the preservation of life and therestoration of health; with the care of offspring, which includes an instinctive desire to preserve all life and improve conditions generally.

25. On the mental side, it is the storehouse of memory; it harbors the wonderful thought messengers, who work, unhampered by time or space; it is the fountain of the practical initiative and con- ,

structive forces of life: It is the seat ofhabit.

26. On the spiritual side, it is the sourceof ideals, of aspiration, of the imagination,and is the channel through which we recognize our Divine Source, and in proportion* as we recognize this divinity do we

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


come into an understanding of the sourceof power.

27. Some one may ask: "How can thesub-conscious change conditions?" Thereply is, because the sub-conscious is a partof the Universal Mind and a part must bethe same in kind and quality as the whole ;

the only difference is one of degree. Thewhole, as we know, is creative, in fact, it isthe only creator there is, consequently, wefind that mind is creative, and as thoughtis the only activity which the mind possesses thought must necessarily be creativealso.

28. But we shall find that there is a vastdifference between simply thinking, anddirecting our thought consciously, systematically and constructively ; when we dothis we place our mind in harmony withthe Universal Mind, we come in tune withthe Infinite, we set in operation the mightiest force in existence, the creative powerof the Universal Mind. This, as everything else, is governed by natural law, and

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


this law is the "Law of attraction," whichis that Mind is creative, and will automatically correlate with its object andbring it into manifestation.

29. Last week I gave you an exercisefor the purpose of securing control of thephysical body; if you have accomplishedthis you are ready to . advance. This timeyou will begin to control your thought.Always take the same room, the samechair, and the same position, if possible.In some cases it is not convenient to takethe same room, in this case simply makethe best use of such conditions as may beavailable. Now be perfectly still as before, but inhibit all thought ; this will giveyou control over all thoughts of care,worry and fear, and will enable you to entertain only the kind of thoughts you desire. Continue this exercise until you gaincomplete mastery.

30. You will not be able to do this formore than a few moments at a time, butthe exercise is valuable, because it will be

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


a very practical demonstration of the greatnumber of thoughts which are constantlytrying to gain access to your mental world.

31. Next week you will receive instructions for an exercise which may be a littlemore interesting, but it is necessary thatyou master this one first.

Cause and effect is as absolute andundeviating in the hidden realm ofthought as in the world of visible andmaterial things. Mind is the masterweaver, both of the interior garment ofcharacter and the outer garment of circumstance. —James Allen.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART THREE1. The necessary interaction of the con

scious and sub-conscious mind requires asimilar interaction between the corresponding systems of nerves. Judge Troward indicates the very beautiful method in whichthis interaction is effected. He says: Thecerebro-spinal system is the organ of theconscious mind and the sympathetic is theorgan of the sub-conscious. The cerebrospinal is the channel through which we receive conscious perception from the physical senses and exercise control over themovements of the body. This system ofnerves has its centre in the brain.

2. The Sympathetic System has itscentre in a ganglionic mass at the back ofthe stomach known as the Solar Plexus,and is the channel of that mental actionwhich unconsciously supports the vitalfunctions of the body.

3. The connection between the twosystems is made by the vagus nerve whichpasses out of the cerebral region as a portion of the voluntary system to the thorax,sending out branches to the heart and

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


lungs, and finally passing through the diaphragm, it loses its outer coating and becomes identified with the nerves . of theSympathetic System, forming a link between the two and making man a physicalentity.

4. We have seen that every thought isreceived by the brain, which is the organof the conscious ; it is here subjected to ourpower of reasoning. When the objectivemind has been satisfied that the thought istrue it is sent to the Solar Plexus, or thebrain of the subjective mind, to be madeinto our flesh, to be brought forth into theworld as a reality. It is then no longersusceptible to any argument whatever. Thesub-conscious mind cannot argue; it onlyacts. It accepts the conclusions of the objective mind as final.

5. The Solar Plexus has been likenedto the sun of the body, because it is a central point of distribution for the energywhich the body is constantly generating.This energy is very real energy, and this

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

30 THE MASTEE KEY SYSTEM

sun is a very real sun, and the energy isbeing distributed by very real nerves toall parts of the body, and is thrown off inan atmosphere which envelopes the body.

6. If this radiation is sufficiently strongthe person is called magnetic ; he is said tobe filled with personal magnetism. Such aperson may become positively radiant andwield an immense power for good. Hispresence alone, without a spoken word, willoften bring peace and comfort to the troubled minds with which he comes in contact.

7. When the Solar Plexus is in activeoperation and is radiating life, and energy to every part of the body, and toevery one with whom he comes in contact,the sensations are pleasant, the body isfilled with health and all with whom hecomes in contact experience a pleasant sensation.

8. If there is any interruption of thisradiation the sensations are unpleasant,the flow of life and energy to some part ofthe body is stopped, and this is the cause

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


of every ill to the human race, physical,mental or environmental.

9. Physical because the sun of the bodyis no longer generating sufficient energy tovitalize some part of the body; mental because the conscious mind is dependentupon the sub-conscious mind for the vitality necessary to support its thought, andenvironmental, because the1 connection between the sub-conscious mind and the Universal mind, is being interrupted.

10. The Solar Plexus is the point atwhich the part meets with the whole, wherethe finite becomes Infinite, where the Un-create becomes create, the Universal becomes individualized, the Invisible becomesvisible. It is the point at which life appears and there is no limit to the amountof life an individual may generate fromthis Solar centre.

11. This centre of energy is Omnipotentbecause it is the point of contact with alllife and all intelligence. It can thereforeaccomplish whatever it is directed to ac

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


complish, and herein lies the power of theconscious mind; the sub-conscious can andwill carry out such plans and ideas as maybe suggested to it by the conscious mind.

12. Conscious thought, then, is masterof this sun centre from which the life andenergy of the entire body flows and thequality of the thought which we entertaindetermines the quality of the thought whichthis sun will radiate, and the character ofthe thought which our conscious mind entertains will determine the character of thethought which this sun will radiate, and thenature of the thought which our consciousmind entertains will determine the natureof thought which this sun will radiate, andconsequently will determine the nature ofthe experience which will result.

13. It is evident, therefore, that all wehave to do is let our light shine ; the moreenergy we can radiate, the more rapidlyshall we be enabled to transmute undesirable conditions into sources of pleasure

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


and profit. The important question, then,is how to let this light shine; how to generate this energy.

14. Non-resistant thought expands theSolar Plexus; resistant thought contractsit. Pleasant thought expands it; unpleasant thought contracts it. Thoughts ofcourage, power, confidence and hope allproduce a corresponding state, but the onearch enemy of the Solar Plexus which mustbe absolutely destroyed before there is anypossibility of letting any light shine isfear. This enemy must be completely destroyed ; he must be eliminated ; he must beexpelled forever; he is the cloud whichhides the sun; which causes a perpetualgloom.

15. It is this personal devil which makesmen fear the past, the present and the future; fear themselves, their friends andtheir enemies ; fear everything and everybody. When fear is effectually and completely destroyed, your light will shine, theclouds will disperse and you will have

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

34 THE TTASTER KEY SYSTEM

found the source of power, energy andlife.

16. When you find that you are reallyone with the Infinite power, and when youcan consciously realize this power by apractical demonstration of your ability toovercome any adverse condition by thepower of your thought, you will have nothing to fear ; fear will have been destroyedand you will have come into possession ofyour birthright.

! 17. It is our attitude of mind towardlife which determines the experiences withwhich we are to meet; if we expect nothing, we shall have nothing; if we demandmuch, we shall receive the greater portion.The world is harsh only as we fail to assert ourselves. The criticism of the worldis bitter only to those who cannot compelroom for their ideas. It is fear of thiscriticism that causes many ideas to fail tosee the light of day.

18. But the man who knows that he hasa Solar Plexus will not fear criticism or

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


anything else ; he will be too busy radiatingcourage, confidence, and power ; he will anticipate success by his mental attitude ; hewill pound barriers to pieces, and leap overthe chasm of doubt and hesitation whichfear places in his path.

19. A knowledge of our ability to consciously radiate health, strength and harmony will bring us into a realization thatthere is nothing to fear because we are intouch with Infinite Strength.

20. This knowledge can be gained onlyby making a practical application of thisinformation. We learn by doing ; throughpractice the athlete becomes powerful.

21. As the following statement is ofconsiderable importance, I will put it inseveral ways, so that you cannot fail to getthe full significance of it. If you are religiously inclined, I would say, you can letyour light shine. If your mind has a biastoward physical science, I would say youcan wake the Solar Plexus ; or, if you pre

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


fer the strictly scientific interpretation, Iwill say that you can impress your subconscious mind.

22. I have already told you what theresult of this impression will be. It isthe method in which you are now interested. You have already learned that thesub-conscious is intelligent and that it iscreative, and responsive to the will of theconscious mind. What, then, is the mostnatural way of making the desired impression? Mentally concentrate on the objectof your desire; when you are concentrating you are impressing the sub-conscious.

23. This is not the only way, but it is asimple and effective way, and the mostdirect way, and consequently the way inwhich the best results are secured. It isthe method which is producing such extraordinary results that many think thatmiracles are being accomplished.

M. It is the method by which everygreat inventor, every great financier, every

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


great statesman has been enabled to convert the subtle and invisible force of desire, faith and confidence into actual, tangible, concrete facts in the objective world.

25. The sub-conscious mind is a part ofthe Universal mind. The Universal is thecreative principle of the Universe, a partmust be the same in kind and quality asthe whole. This means that this creativepower is absolutely unlimited; it is notbound by precedent of any kind, and consequently has no prior existing pattern bywhich to apply its constructive principle.

26. We have found that the sub-conscious mind is responsive to our consciouswill, which means that the unlimited creative power of the Universal Mind is within the control of the conscious mind of theindividual.

27. When making a practical application of this principle, in accordance withthe exercises given in subsequent lessons,it is well to remember that it is not necessary to outline the method by which the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


sub-conscious will produce the results youdesire. The finite can not inform the Infinite. You are simply to say what you desire, not how you are to obtain it.

28. You are the channel by which theundifferentiated is being differentiated,and this differentiation is being accomplished by appropriation. It only requiresrecognition to set causes in motion whichwill bring about results in accordance withyour desire, and this is accomplished because the Universal can act only throughthe individual, and the individual can actonly through the Universal; they are one.

29. For your exercise this week, I willask you to go one step further. I want youto not only be perfectly still, and inhibitall thought as far as possible, but relax,let go, let the muscles take their normalcondition; this will remove all pressurefrom the nerves, and eliminate that tensionwhich so frequently produces physical exhaustion.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


30. Physical relaxation is a voluntaryexercise of the will and the exercise will befound to be of great value, as it enablesthe blood to circulate freely to and fromthe brain and body.

31. Tension leads to mental unrest andabnormal mental activity of the mind; itproduces worry, care, fear and anxiety.Relaxation is therefore an absolute necessity in order to allow the mental facultiesto exercise the greatest freedom.

32. Make this exercise as thorough andcomplete as possible, mentally determinethat you will relax every muscle and nerve,until you feel quiet and restful and at peacewith yourself and the world.

33. The Solar Plexus will then be readyto function and you will be surprised at theresult.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART FOUR.

1. The "I" of you is not the physicalbody; that is simply an instrument whichthe "I" uses to carry out its purposes ; the"I" cannot be the Mind, for the mind issimply another instrument which the "I"uses with which to think, reason, and plan.

2. The "I" must be something whichcontrols and directs both the body and themind; something which determines whatthey shall do and how they shall act. Whenyou come into a realization of the true nature of this "I" you will enjoy a sense ofpower which you have never before known.

3. Your personality is made up ofcountless individual characteristics, peculiarities, habits and traits of character;these are the result of your former method of thinking, but they have nothing todo with the real "I."

4. When you say "I think" the "I"tells the mind what it shall think; whenyou say "I go" the "I" tells the physical

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


body where it shall go; the real nature ofthis "I" is spiritual, and is the source ofthe real power which comes to men andwomen when they come into a realizationof their true nature.

5. The greatest and most marvelouspower which this "I" has been given is thepower to think, but few people know how tothink constructively, or correctly, consequently they achieve only indifferent results. Most people allow their thoughts todwell on selfish purposes, the inevitable result of an infantile mind. When a mindbecomes mature, it understands that thegerm of defeat is in every selfish thought.

6. The trained mind knows that everytransaction must benefit every person whois in any way connected with the transaction, and any attempt to profit by the weakness, ignorance or necessity of another willinevitably operate to his disadvantage.

7. This is because the individual is apart of the Universal. A part cannot antagonize any other part, but, on the con

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


trary, the welfare of each part dependsupon a recognition of the interest of thewhole.

8. Those who recognize this principlehave a great advantage in the affairs oflife. They do not wear themselves out.They can eliminate vagrant thoughts withfacility. They can readily concentrate tothe highest possible degree on any subject.They do not waste time or money uponobjects which can be of no possible benefitto them.

9. If you cannot do these things it isbecause you have thus far not made thenecessary effort. Now is the time to makethe effort. The result will be«axactly inproportion to the effort expended. One ofthe strongest affirmations which you canuse for the purpose of strengthening thewill and realizing your power to accomplish, is, "I can be what I will to be."

10. Every time you repeat it realizewho and what this "I" is ; try to come intoa thorough understanding of the true na

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


ture of the "I"; if you do, you will become invincible ; that is, provided that yourobjects and purposes are constructive andare therefore in harmony with the creativeprinciple of the Universe.

11. If you make use of this affirmation,use it continuously, night and morning,and as often during the day as you thinkof it, and continue to do so until it becomesa part of you; form the habit.

12. Unless you do this, you had betternot start at all, because modern Psychologytells us that when we start something anddo not complete it, or make a resolutionand do not keep it, we are forming thehabit of failure; absolute, ignominiousfailure. If you do not intend to do a thing,do not start ; if you do start, see it througheven if the heavens fall; if you make upyour mind to do something, do it ; let nothing, no one interfere; the "I" in you hasdetermined, the thing is settled; the die is

cast, there is no longer any argument.13. If you carry out this idea, begin

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


ning with small things which you know youcan control and gradually increase the effort, but never under any circumstancesallowing your ' ' I " to be overruled, you willfind that you can eventually control yourself, and many men and women have foundto their sorrow that it is easier to controla kingdom than to control themselves.

14. But when you have learned to control yourself you will have found the"World Within" which controls the worldwithout ; you will have become irresistible ;

men and things will respond to your everywish without any apparent effort on yourpart.

15. This is not so strange or impossible as it may appear when you rememberthat the "World Within" is controlled bythe "I" and that this "I" is a part or onewith the Infinite "I" which is the Universal Energy or Spirit, usually called God.

16. This is not a mere statement ortheory made for the purpose of confirmingor establishing an idea, but it is a fact

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


which has been accepted by the best religious thought as well as the best scientific thought.

17. Herbert Spencer says: "Amid allthe mysteries by which we are surrounded,nothing is more certain than that we areever in the presence of an Infinite andEternal Energy from which all things proceed."

18. Lyman Abbott, in an address delivered before the. Alumni of Bangor Theological Seminary, said: "We are comingto think of God as dwelling in man ratherthan as operating on men from without."

19. Science goes a little way in itssearch and stops. Science finds the ever-present Eternal Energy, but Religion findsthe Power behind this energy and locatesit within man. But this is by no means anew discovery; the Bible says exactly thesame thing, and the language is just asplain and convincing: "Know ye not thatye are the temple of the living God ?

' ' Here,

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


then, is the secret of the wonderful creativepower of the "World Within."

20. Here is the secret of power, of mastery. To overcome does not mean to gowithout things. Self-denial is not success.We cannot give unless we get; we cannotbe helpful unless we are strong. The Infinite is not a bankrupt and we who are therepresentatives of Infinite power shouldnot be bankrupts either, and if we wishto be of service to others we must havepower and more power, but to get it wemust give it; we must be of service.

21. The more we give the more we shallget; we must become a channel wherebythe Universal can express activity. TheUniversal is constantly seeking to expressitself, to be of service, and it seeks thechannel whereby it can find the greatestactivity, where it can do the most good,where it can be of greatest service to mankind.

22. The Universal cannot expressthrough you as long as you are busy with

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


your plans, your own purposes; quiet thesenses, seek inspiration, focus the mentalactivity on the within, dwell in the consciousness of your unity with Omnipotence. "Still water runs deep;" contemplate the multitudinous opportunities towhich you have spiritual access by the Omnipresence of power.

23. Visualize the events, circumstancesand conditions which these spiritual connections may assist in manifesting. Realizethe fact that the essence and soul of allthings is spiritual and that the spiritual isthe real, because it is the life of all thereis ; when the spirit is gone, the life is gone ;

it is dead ; it has ceased to exist.24. These mental activities pertain to

the world within, to the world of cause ; andconditions and circumstances which resultare the effect. It is thus that you becomea creator. This is important work, and thehigher, loftier, grander and more nobleideals which you can conceive, the more important the work will become.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


25. Over-work or over play or overbodily activity of any kind produces conditions of mental apathy and stagnationwhich makes it impossible to do the moreimportant work which results in a realization of conscious power. We should, therefore, seek the Silence frequently. Powercomes through repose ; it is in the Silencethat we can be still, and when we are still,we can think, and thought is the secret ofall attainment.

26. Thought is a mode of motion andis carried by the law of vibration the sameas light or electricity. It is given vitalityby the emotions through the law of love;it takes form and expression by the law ofgrowth ; it is a product of the spiritual "I,"hence its Divine, spiritual, and creativenature.

27. From this it is evident that in order to express power, abundance or anyother constructive purpose, the emotionsmust be called upon to give feeling to thethought so that it will take form. How may

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


this purpose be accomplished? This is thevital point; how may we develop thefaith, the courage, the feeling, which willresult in accomplishment ?

28. The reply is, by exercise; mentalstrength is secured in exactly the same waythat physical strength is secured, by exercise. We think something, perhaps withdifficulty the first time ; we think the samething again, and it becomes easier thistime ; we think it again and again ; it thenbecomes a mental habit. We continue tothink the same thing; finally it becomesautomatic ; we can no longer help thinkingthis thing; we are now positive of whatwe think; there is no longer any doubtabout it. We are sure ; we know.

29. Last week I asked you to relax, tolet go physically. This week, I am goingto ask you to let go mentally. If you practiced the exercise given you last week fifteen or twenty minutes a day in accordancewith the instructions, you can no doubtrelax physically; and anyone who cannot

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


consciously do this quickly and completelyis not a master of himself. He has notobtained freedom ; he is still a slave to conditions. But I shall assume that you havemastered the exercise and are ready to takethe next step, which is mental freedom.

30. This week, after taking your usualposition, remove all tension by completelyrelaxing, then mentally let go of all adverse conditions, such as hatred, anger,worry, jealousy, envy, sorrow, trouble ordisappointment of any kind.

31. You may say that you cannot "letgo" of these things, but you can; you cando so by mentally determining to do so, byvoluntary intention and persistence.

32. The reason that some cannot do thisis because they allow themselves to be controlled by the emotions instead of by theirintellect. But the will guided by the intellect will gain the victory. You will notsucceed the first time you try, but practicemakes perfect, in this as in everything else,and you must succeed in dismissing, elim

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


inating and completely destroying thesenegative and destructive thoughts ; becausethey are the seed which is constantly germinating into discordant conditions of every conceivable kind and description.

There is nothing truer than that thequality of thought which we entertaincorrelates certain externals in the outside world. This is the Law fom whichthere is no escape. And it is this Law,this correlative of the thought with itsobject, that from time immemorial hasled the people to believe in special providence. —Wilmans.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART FIVE.

1. At least ninety per cent of our mental life is sub-conscious, so that those whofail to make use of this mental power livewithin very narrow limits.

2. The sub-conscious can and will solveany problem for us if we know how to direct it. The sub-conscious processes arealways at work; the only question is, arewe to be simply passive recipients of thisactivity, or are we to consciously directthe work? Shall we have a vision of thedestination to be reached, the dangers tobe avoided, or shall we simply drift?

3. We have found that mind pervadesevery part of the physical body and is always capable of being directed or impressed by authority coming from the objective or the more dominant portion of themind.

4. The mind, which pervades the body,is largely the result of heredity, which, inturn, is simply the result of all the environments of all past generations on the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


responsive and ever-moving life forces. Anunderstanding of this fact will enable us touse our authority when we find some undesirable trait of character manifesting.

5. We can consciously use all the desirable characteristics with which we havebeen provided and we can repress and refuse to allow the undesirable ones to manifest.

6. Again, this mind which pervades ourphysical body is not only the result ofhereditary tendencies, but is the result ofhome, business and social environment,where countless thousands of impressions,ideas, prejudices and similar thoughts havebeen received. Much of this has been received from others, the result of opinions,suggestions or statements; much of it idthe result of our own thinking, but nearlyall of it has been accepted with little orno examination or consideration.

7. The idea seemed plausible, the conscious received it, passed it on to the subconscious, where it was taken up by the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


Sympathetic System and passed on to bebuilt into our physical body. "The wordhas become flesh. "

8. This, then, is the way we are constantly creating and recreating ourselves;we are today the result of our past thinking, and we shall be what we are thinkingtoday, the Law of Attraction is bringing tous, not the things we should like, or thethings we wish for, or the things some oneelse has, but it brings us "our own," thethings which we have created by ourthought processes, whether consciously orunconsciously. Unfortunately, many of usare creating these things unconsciously.

9. If either of us were building a homefor ourselves, how careful we would be inregard to the plans ; how we should studyevery detail ; how we should watch the material and select only the best of everything; and yet how careless we are whenit comes to building our Mental Home,which is infinitely more important than anyphysical home, as everything which can

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

THE MASTER KEY SYSTEM " 55

possibly enter into our lives depends uponthe character of the material which entersinto the construction of our Mental Home.

10. What is the character of this material? We have seen that it is the resultof the impressions which we have accumulated in the past and stored away in oursub-conscious Mentality. If these impressions have been of fear, of worry, of care,of anxiety; if they have been despondent,negative, doubtful, then the texture of thematerial which we are weaving today willbe of the same negative material. Insteadof being of any value, it will be mildewedand rotten and will bring us only more toiland care and anxiety. We shall be foreverbusy trying to patch it up and make it appear at least genteel.

11. But if we have stored away nothingbut courageous thought, if we have beenoptimistic, positive, and have immediatelythrown any kind of negative thought on thescrap pile, have refused to have anythingto do with it, have refused to associate with

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


it or become identified with it in any way,what then is the result? Our mental material is now of the best kind ; we can weaveany kind of material we want ; we can useany color we wish; we know that the texture is firm, that the material is solid, thatit will not fade, and we have no fear, noanxiety concerning the future; there isnothing to cover, there are no patches tohide.

12. These are psychological facts ; thereis no theory or guess work about thesethinking processes ; there is nothing secretabout them ; in fact, they are so plain thatevery one can understand them. The thingto do is to have a mental house-cleaning,and to have this house-cleaning every day,and keep the house clean. Mental, moraland physical cleanliness are absolutely indispensable if we are to make progress ofany kind.

13. When this mental house-cleaningprocess has been completed, the materialwhich is left will be suitable for the mak

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


ing of the kind of ideals or mental imageswhich we desire to realize.

14. There is a fine estate awaiting aclaimant. Its broad acres, with abundantcrops, running water and fine timber,stretch away as far as the eye can see.There is a mansion, spacious and cheerful, with rare pictures, a well-stocked library, rich hangings, and every comfortand luxury. All the heir has to do is toassert his heirship, take possession, anduse the property. He must use it ; he mustnqtlet it decay ; for use is the condition onwhich he holds it. To neglect it is to losepossession.

15. In the domain of mind and spirit, inthe domain of practical power, such an estate is yours. You are the heir ! You canassert your heirship, and possess, and usethis rich inheritance. Power over circumstances is one of its fruits, health, harmonyand prosperity are assets upon its balancesheet. It offers you poise and peace. Itcosts you only the labor of studying and

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


harvesting its great resources. It demandsno sacrifice, except the loss of your limitations, your servitudes, your weakness. Itclothes you with self-honor, and puts ascepter in your hands.

16. To gain this estate, three processesare necessary : You must earnestly desireit. You must assert your claim. You musttake possession.

17. You admit that those are not burdensome conditions.

18. You are familiar with the subjectof heredity, Darwin, Huxley, Haeckel,and other physical scientists have piledevidence mountain high that heredity is alaw attending progressive creation. It isprogressive heredity which gives man hiserect attitude, his power of motion, the organs of digestion, blood circulation, nerveforce, muscular force, bone structure and ahost of other faculties on the physical side.There are even more impressive facts concerning heredity of mind force. All theseconstitute what may be called your humanheredity.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


19. But there is a heredity which thephysical scientists have not compassed. Itlies beneath and antecedent to all their researches. At a point where they throw uptheir hands in despair, saying they cannotaccount for what they see, this divineheredity is found in full sway.

20. It is the benignant force which decrees primal creation. It thrills down fromthe Divine, direct into every created being.It originates life, which the physical scientist has not done, nor ever can do. Itstands out among all forces supreme, unapproachable. No human heredity can approach it. No human heredity measures upto it.

21. This Infinite Life flows throughyou ; is you. Its doorways are but the faculties which comprise your consciousness.To keep open these doors is the Secret ofPower. Is it not worth while to make theeffort?

22. The great fact is, that the sourceof all life and all power is from within.Persons, circumstances and events may

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


suggest need and opportunities, but the insight, strength and power to answer theseneeds will be found within.

23. Avoid counterfeits. Build firm foundations for your consciousness upon forceswhich flow directly from the Infinite source,the Universal Mind of which you are theimage and likeness.

24. Those who have come into possession of this inheritance are never quite thesame again. They have come into possession of a sense of power hitherto undreamed of. They can never again be timid,weak, vacillating, or fearful. They are in-dissolubly connected with Omnipotence.Something in them has been aroused ; theyhave suddenly discovered that they possess a tremendous latent ability of whichthey were heretofore entirely unconscious.

25. This power is from within, but wecannot receive it unless we give it. Use isthe condition upon which we hold this inheritance. We are each of us but the channel through which the Omnipotent power isbeing differentiated into form; unless we

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


give out,the channel is obstructed and wecan receive no more. This is true on everyplane of existence and in every field of endeavor and all walks of life. The more wegive, the more we get. The athlete whowishes to get strong must make use of thestrength he has, and the more he gives themore he will get. The financier who wishesto make money must make use of the moneyhe has, for only by using it can he get more.

26. The merchant who does not keephis goods going out will soon have nonecoming in; the corporation which fails togive efficient service will soon lack customers; the attorney who fails to get resultswill soon lack clients, and so it goes everywhere; power is contingent upon a properuse of the power already in our possession ;

what is true in every field of endeavor,every experience in life, is true of thepower from which every other powerknown among men is begotten—spiritualpower. Take away the spirit and what isleft? Nothing.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


27. If then the spirit is all there is, uponthe recognition of this fact must dependthe ability to demonstrate all power, whether physical, mental or spiritual.

28. All possession is the result of theaccumulative attitude of mind, or themoney consciousness; this is the magicwand which will enable you to receive theidea, and it will formulate plans for you toexecute, and you will find as much pleasure in the execution as in the satisfactionof attainment and achievement.

29. Now, go to your room, take the sameseat, the same position as heretofore, andmentally select a place which has pleasantassociations. Make a complete mental picture of it, see the buildings, the grounds,the trees, friends, associations, everythingcomplete. At first, you will find yourselfthinking of everything under the sun, except the ideal upon which you desire toconcentrate. But do not let that discourage you. Persistence will win, but persistence requires that you practice these exercises every day without fail.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART SIX.

1. The Universal Mind is so wonderfulthat it is difficult to understand its utilitarian powers and possibilities and its unlimited producing effects.

2. We have found that this Mind is notonly all intelligence but all substance. How,then, is it to be differentiated in form? Howare we to secure the effect which we desire ?

3. Ask any electrician what the effectof electricity will be and he will reply that"Electricity is a form of motion and itseffect will depend upon the mechanism towhich it is attached." Upon this mechanism will depend whether we shall haveheat, light, power, music or any of theother marvelous demonstrations of powerto which this vital energy has been harnessed.

4. What effect can be produced bythought? The reply is that thought ismind in motion (just as wind is air in motion), and its effect will depend entirelyon the "mechanism to which it is attached. ' '

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

64 THE MASTER KEY\ SYSTEM

5. Here, then, is the secret of all mental power ; it depends entirely on the mechanism which we attach.

6. What is this mechanism? You knowsomething of the mechanism which hasbeen invented by Edison, Bell, Marconi andother electrical wizards, by which placeand space and time have become only figures of speech, but did you ever stop tothink that the mechanism which has beengiven you for transforming the Universal,Omnipresent Potential Power was invented by a greater inventor than Edison?

7. We are accustomed to examiningthe mechanism of the implements whichwe use for tilling the soil, and we try toget an understanding of the mechanismof the automobile which we drive, but mostof us are content to remain in absolute ignorance of the greatest piece of mechanismwhich has ever come into existence, thebrain of man.

8. Let us examine the wonders of thismechanism; perhaps we shall thereby get

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


a better understanding of the various effects of which it is the cause.

9. In the first place, there is the greatmental world in which we live and moveand have our being; this world is omnipotent, omniscient and omnipresent; it willrespond to our desire in direct ratio to ourpurpose and faith ; the purpose must be inaccordance with the law of our being, thatis, it must be creative or constructive; ourfaith must be strong enough to generate acurrent of sufficient strength to bring ourpurpose into manifestation. "As thy faithis, so be it unto thee," bears the stamp ofscientific test.

10. The effects which are produced inthe world without are the result of the action and reaction of the individual uponthe universal ; that is the process which wecall thinking; the brain is the organthrough which this process is accomplished ; think of the wonder of it all ! Do youlove music, flowers, literature, art, or areyou inspired by the thought of ancient ormodern genius? Remember, every beauty

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


to which you respond must have its corresponding outline in your brain before youcan appreciate it.

11. There is not a single virtue or principle in the storehouse of nature which thebrain cannot express. The brain is an embryonic world, ready to develop at any timeas necessity may arise. If you can comprehend that this is a scientific truth and oneof the wonderful laws of nature, it will beeasier for you to get an understanding ofthe mechanism by which these extraordinary results are being accomplished.

12. The nervous system has been compared to an electric circuit with its batteryof cells in which force is originated, andits white matter to insulated wires by whichthe current is conveyed ; it is through thesechannels that every impulse or desire iscarried through the mechanism.

13. The spinal cord is the great motorand sensory pathway by which messagesare conveyed to and from the brain; then,there is the blood supply plunging throughthe veins and arteries, renewing our en

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


ergy and strength, the perfectly arrangedstructure upon which the entire physicalbody rests, and, finally, the delicate andbeautiful skin, clothing the entire mechanism in a mantle of beauty.

14. This then is the "Temple of theliving God" and the individual "I" isgiven control .and upon his understandingof the mechanism which is within his control will the result depend.

15. Every thought sets the brain cells inaction; at first the substance upon whichthe thought is directed fails to respond, butif the thought is sufficiently refined andconcentrated, the substance finally yieldsand expresses perfectly.

16. This influence of the mind can beexerted upon any part of the body, causingthe elimination of any undesirable effect.

17. A perfect conception and understanding of the laws governing in the mental world cannot fail to be of inestimablevalue in the transaction of business, as itdevelops the power of discernment and

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


gives a clearer understanding and appreciation of facts.

18. The man who looks within insteadof without cannot fail to make use of themighty forces which will eventually determine his course in life and so bring himinto vibration with all that is best, strongest and most desirable.

19. Attention or concentration is probably the most important essential in thedevelopment of mind culture. The possibilities of attention when properly directedare so startling that they would hardly appear credible to the uninitiated. The cultivation of attention is the distinguishingcharacteristic of every successful man orwoman, and is the very highest personalaccomplishment which can be acquired.

20. The power of attention can be morereadily understood by comparing it with asun glass in which the rays of sunlight arefocused; they possess no particularstrength as long as the glass is movedabout and the rays directed from one placeto another; but let the glass be held per

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


fectly still and let the rays be focused onone spot for any length of time, the effectwill become immediately apparent.

21. So with the power of thought; letpower be dissipated by scattering thethought from one object to another, andno result is apparent ; but focus this powerthrough attention or concentration on anysingle purpose for any length of time andnothing becomes impossible.

22. A very simple remedy for a verycomplex situation, some will say. All right,try it, you who have had no experience inconcentrating the thought on a definite purpose or object. Choose any single objectand concentrate your attention on it for a

definite purpose for even ten minutes ; youcannot do it ; the mind will wander a dozentimes and it will be necessary to bring it

back to the original purpose, and each timethe effect will have been lost and at the endof the ten minutes nothing will have beengained, because you have not been able tohold your thought steadily to the purpose.

23. It is, however, through attention

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


that you will finally be able to overcomeobstacles of any kind that appear in yourpath onward and upward, and the only wayto acquire this wonderful power is by practice—practice makes perfect, in this as inanything else.

24. In order to cultivate the power of .

attention, bring a photograph with you tothe same seat in the same room in the sameposition as heretofore. Examine it closelyat least ten minutes, note the expressionof the eyes, the form of the features, theclothing, the way the hair is arranged ; infact, note every detail shown on the photograph carefully. Now cover it and closeyour eyes and try to see it mentally; ifyou can see every detail perfectly and canform a good mental image of the photograph, you are to be congratulated ; if not.repeat the process until you can.

25. This step is simply for the purposeof preparing the soil; next week we shallbe ready to sow the seed.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


26. It is by such exercises as these thatyou will finally be able to control your mental moods, your attitude, your consciousness.

27. Great financiers are learning towithdraw from the multitude more andmore, that they may have more time forplanning, thinking and generating the rightmental moods.

28. Successful business men are constantly demonstrating the fact that it paysto keep in touch with the thought of othersuccessful business men.

29. A single idea may be worth thousands of dollars, and these ideas can onlycome to those who are receptive, who are'prepared to receive them, who are in asuccessful frame of mind.

30. Men are learning to place themselves in harmony with the UniversalMind; they are learning the unity of allthings ; they are learning "the basic methodsand principles of thinking, and this is

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


changing conditions and multiplying results.

31. They are finding that circumstancesand environment follow the trend of mental and spiritual progress; they find thatgrowth follows knowledge; action followsinspiration; opportunity follows perception; always the spiritual first, then thetransformation into the infinite and illimitable possibilities of achievement.

32. As the individual is but the channelfor the differentiation of the Universal,these possibilities are necessarily inexhaustible.

33. Thought is the process by which wemay absorb the Spirit of Power, and holdthe result in our inner consciousness untilit becomes a part of our ordinary consciousness. The method of accomplishingthis result by the persistent practice of afew fundamental principles, as explained inthis System, is the Master-Key which unlocks the storehouse of Universal Truth.

35 The two great forces of human suffering at present are bodily disease and

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


mental anxiety. These may be readilytraced to the infringement of some NaturalLaw. This is, no doubt, owing to the factthat so far knowledge has largely remainedpartial, but the clouds of darkness whichhave accumulated through long ages arebeginning to roll away and with them manyof the miseries that attend imperfect information.

That a man can change himself, improve himself, re-create himself, controlhis environment, and master his owndestiny is the conclusion of every mindwho is wide-awake to the power of rightthought in constructive action.

—Larsen.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART SEVEN.

1. Visualization is the process of making mental images, and the image is themold or model which will serve as a patternfrom which your future will emerge.

2. Make the pattern clear, and make itbeautiful ; do not be afraid ; make it grand ;

remember that no limitation can be placedupon you by any one but yourself; you arenot limited as to cost or material ; draw onthe Infinite for your supply, construct it inyour is aagination ;\it will have to be therebefore it will ever appear anywhere else. I

3. Make the image clear and clean-cut,hold it firmly in the mind and you willgradually and constantly bring the thingnearer to you. You can be what ' ' you willto be."

4. This is another psychological factwhich is well known, but unfortunately,reading about it will not bring about anyresult which you may have in mind ; it willnot even help you to form the mental im

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


age, much less bring it into manifestation.Work is necessary, labor, hard mentallabor, the kind of effort which so few arewilling to put forth.

5. The first step is idealization. It islikewise the most important step, becauseit is the plan on which you are going tobuild. It must be solid ; it must be permanent. The architect, when he plans a 30-story building, has every line and detailpictured in advance. The engineer, whenhe spans a chasm, first ascertains thestrength requirements of a million separate parts.

6. They see the end before a single stepis taken ; so you are to picture in your mindwhat you want; you are sowing the seed,but before sowing any seed you want toknow what the harvest is to be. This isIdealization, flf you are not sure, returnto the chair daily until the picture becomesplain; it will gradually unfold; first thegeneral plan will be dim, but it will takeshape, the outline will take form, then the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


details, and you will gradually develop thepower by which you will be enabled toformulate plans which will eventually materialize in the objective world. You willcome to know what the future holds foryou.

7. Then comes the process of visualization. You must see the picture more andmore complete, see the detail, and, as thedetails begin to unfold the ways and meansfor bringing it into manifestation will develop. One thing will lead to another.Thought will lead to action, action will develop methods, methods will developfriends, and friends will bring about circumstances, and, finally, the third step, orMaterialization, will have been accomplished.

8. We all recognize that the Universemust have been thought into shape before itever could have become a material fact.And if we are willing to follow along thelines of the Great Architect of the Universe, we shall find our thoughts taking

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


form, just as the universe took concreteform. It is the same mind operatingthrough the individual. There is no difference in kind or quality, the only difference is one of degree.

9. The architect visualizes his building,he sees it as he wishes it to be. His thoughtbecomes a plastic mould from which thebuilding will eventually emerge, a high oneor a low one, a beautiful one or a plain one,his vision takes form on paper and eventually the necessary material is utilizedand the building stands complete.

10. The inventor visualizes his idea inexactly the same manner, for instance,Nikola Tesla, he with the giant intellect,one of the greatest inventors of all ages,the man who has brought forth the mostamazing realities, always visualizes hisinventions before attempting to work themout. He does not rush to embody them inform and then spend his time in correctingdefects. Having first built up the idea inhis imagination, he holds it there as a men

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


tal picture, to be reconstructed and improved by his thought. "In this way," hewrites in the Electrical Experimenter. ' ' Iam enabled to rapidly develop and perfecta conception without touching anything.When I have gone so far as to embody inthe invention every possible improvement.I can think of, and see no fault anywhere,I put into concrete, the product of mybrain. Invariably my devise works as Iconceived it should; in twenty years therehas not been a single exception. ' '

11. If you can conscientiously followthese directions, you will develop Faith, thekind of Faith that is the Substance ofthings hoped for, the evidence of thingsnot seen; J you will develop confidence, thekind of confidence that leads to enduranceand courage; you will develop the powerof concentration which will enable you toexclude all thoughts except the ones whichare associated with your purpose.

(T^i The law is that thought will manifest in form, and only one who knows how

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


to be the divine thinker of his own thoughtscan ever take a Master's place and speakwith authority.

13. Clearness and accuracy are obtained only by repeatedly having the image in mind. Each repeated action renders the image more clear and accuratethan the preceding, and in proportion tothe clearness and accuracy of the imagewill the outward manifestation be. Youmust build it firmly and securely in yourmental world, the world within, before itcan take form in the world without, andyou can build nothing of value, even inthe mental world unless you have theproper material. When you have the material you can build anything you wish,but make sure of your material. You cannot make broadcloth from shoddy.

14. This material will be brought outby millions of silent mental workers andfashioned into the form of the image whichyou have in mind.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


15. Think of it! You have over fivemillion of these mental workers, ready andin active use; brain cells they are called.Besides this, there is another reserve forceof at least an equal number, ready to becalled into action at the slightest need.Your power to think, then is almost unlimited, and this means that your powerto create the kind of material which isnecessary to build for yourself any kindof environment which you desire is practically unlimited.

16." In addition to these millions of men

tal workers, you have billions of mentalworkers in the body, every one of which isendowed with sufficient intelligence to understand and act upon any message or suggestion given. These cells are all busy creating and recreating the body, but, in addition to this, they are endowed with psychicactivity whereby they can attract to themselves the substance necessary for perfectdevelopment.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


17. They do this by the same law and inthe same manner that every form of lifeattracts to itself the necessary materialfor growth. The oak, the rose, the lily,all require certain material for their mostperfect expression and they secure it bysilent demand, the Law of Attraction, themost certain way for you to secure whatyou require for your most complete development.

18. Make the Mental Image; make itclear, distinct, perfect; hold it firmly; theways and means will develop; supply willfollow the demand; you will be led to dothe right thing at the right time and inthe right way. Earnest Desire will bringabout Confident Expectation, and this inturn must be reinforced by Firm Demand.These three cannot fail to bring about Attainment, because the Earnest Desire is thefeeling, the Confident Expectation is thethought, and the Firm Demand is the will,and, as we have seen, feeling gives vitalityto thought and the will holds it steadily

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


until the law of Growth brings it into manifestation.

19. Is it not wonderful that man hassuch tremendous power within himself,such transcendental faculties concerningwhich he had no conception? Is it notstrange that we have always been taught tolook for strength and power "without?"We have been taught to look everywherebut "within" and whenever this powermanifested in our lives we were told thatit was something supernatural.

20. There are many who have come toan understanding of this wonderful power,and who make serious and conscientious efforts to realize health, power and otherconditions, and seem to fail. They do notseem able to bring the Law into operation.The difficulty in nearly every case is thatthey are dealing with externals. Theywant money, power, health and abundance,but they fail to realize that these are effects and can come only when the cause isfound.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


21. Those who will give no attention tothe world without, "will seek only to ascertain the truth, will look only for wisdom,will find that this wisdom will unfold anddisclose the source of all power, that it willmanifest in thought and purpose which willcreate the external conditions desired. Thistruth will find expression in noble purposeand courageous action.

22. Create ideals only, give no thoughtto external conditions, make the worldwithin beautiful and opulent and the worldwithout will express and manifest the condition which you have made within. Youwill come into a realization of your powerto create ideals and these ideals will beprojected into the world of effect.

23. For instance, a man is in debt. Hewill be continually thinking about the debt,concentrating on it, and as thoughts arecauses the result is that he not only fastensthe debt closer to him, but actually createsmore debt. He is putting the great law ofAttraction into operation with the usual

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


and inevitable result —Loss leads to greater ' ' Loss. ' '

24. What, then, is the correct principle ?

Concentrate on the things you want, noton the things you do not want. Think ofabundance ; idealize the methods and plansfor putting the Law of Abundance intooperation. Visualize the condition whichthe Law of Abundance creates; this willresult in manifestation.

25. If the law operates perfectly tobring about poverty, lack and every formof limitation for those who are continuallyentertaining thoughts of lack and fear, itwill operate with the same certainty tobring about conditions of abundance andopulence for those who entertain thoughtsof courage and power.

26. This is a difficult problem for many;we are too anxious; we manifest anxiety,fear, distress; we want to do something; wewant to help; we are like a child who hasjust planted a seed and every fifteen minutes goes out and stirs up the earth to see

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


if it is growing. Of course, under suchcircumstances, the seed will never germinate, and yet this is exactly what many ofus do in the mental world.

27. We must plant the seed and leaveit undisturbed. This does not mean thatwe are to sit down and do nothing, by nomeans; we will do more and better workthan we have ever done before, new channels will constantly be provided, new doorswill open; all that is necessary is to havean open mind, be ready to act when thetime comes.

28. Thought force is the most powerfulmeans of obtaining knowledge, and if concentrated on any subject will solve theproblem. Nothing is beyond the power ofhuman comprehension, but in order to harness thought force and make it do yourbidding, work is required.

29. Remember that thought is the firethat creates the steam that turns the wheelof fortune, upon which your experiencesdepend.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


30. Ask yourself a few questions andthen reverently await the response ; do younot now and then feel the self within you?Do you assert this self or do you follow themajority? Remember that majorities arealways led, they never lead. It was the majority that fought, tooth and nail, againstthe steam engine, the power loom and everyother advance or improvement ever suggested.

31. For your exercise this week, visualize your friend, see him exactly as you lastsaw him, see the room, the furniture, recallthe conversation, now see his face, see itdistinctly, now talk to him about some subject of mutual interest; see his expressionchange, watch him smile. Can you do this ?

all right, you can; then arouse his interest,tell him a story of adventure, see his eyeslight up with the spirit of fun or excitement. Can you do all of this? If so, yourimagination is good, you are making excellent progress.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART EIGHT.

1. Thought contains a vital principle,because it is the creative principle of theUniverse and by its nature will combinewith other similar thoughts.

2. As the one purpose of life is growth,all principle underlying existence must contribute to give it effect. Thought, therefore, takes form and the law of growtheventually brings it into manifestation.

3. You may freely choose what youthink, but the result of your thought isgoverned by an immutable law. Any lineof thought persisted in cannot fail to produce its result in the character, health andcircumstances of the individual. Methodswhereby we can substitute habits of constructive thinking for those which we havefound produce only undesirable effects aretherefore of primary importance.

4. We all know that this is by no meanseasy. Mental habits are difficult to control, but it can be done and the way to doit is to begin at once to substitute construe

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


tive thought for destructive thought. Formthe habit of analyzing every thought. Ifit is necessary, if its manifestation in theobjective will be a benefit, not only to yourself, but to all whom it may affect in anyway, keep it ; treasure, it ; it is of value ; itis in tune with the Infinite; it will growand develop and produce fruit an hundredfold. On the other hand, it will be well foryou to keep this quotation from GeorgeMatthews Adams, in mind, "Learn to keepthe door shut, keep out of your mind, outof your office, and out of your world, everyelement that seeks admittance with no definite helpful end in view."

5. If your thought has been critical ordestructive, and has resulted in any condition of discord or inharmony in your environment, it may be necessary for you tocultivate a mental attitude which will beconducive to constructive thought.

6. The imagination will be found to bea great assistance in this direction ; the cultivation of the imagination leads to the de

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


velopment of the ideal out of which yourfuture will emerge.

7. The imagination gathers up the material by which the Mind weaves the fabric in which your future is to be clothed.

8. Imagination is the light by which wecan penetrate new worlds of thought andexperience.

9. Imagination is the mighty instrument by which every discoverer, every inventor, opened the way from precedent toexperience. Precedent said, "It cannot bedone;" experience said, "It is done."

10. Imagination is a plastic power,moulding the things of sense into newforms and ideals.

11. Imagination is the constructiveform of thought which must precede everyconstructive form of action.

12. A builder cannot build a structureof any kind until he has first received theplans from the architect, and the architectmust get them from his imagination.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


43. The Captain of Industry cannotbuild a giant corporation which may coordinate hundreds of smaller corporationsand thousands of employes, and utilize millions of capital until he has first created theentire work in his imagination. Objects inthe material world are as clay in the potter's hand; it is in the Master Mind thatthe real things are created, and it is by theuse of the imagination that the work isdone. In order to cultivate the imagination it must be exercised. Exercise is necessary to cultivate mental muscle as wellas physical muscle. It must be suppliedwith nourishment or it cannot grow.

14. Do not confuse Imagination withFancy, or that form of day dreaming inwhich some people like to indulge. Daydreaming is a form of mental dissipationwhich may lead to mental disaster.

15. Constructive imagination meansmental labor, by some considered to be the

I hardest kind of labor, but, if so, it yieldsthe greatest returns, for all the great things

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


in life have come to men and women whohad the capacity to think, to imagine, andto make their dreams come true.

16. When you have become thoroughlyconscious of the fact that Mind is the onlycreative principle, that it is Omnipotent,Omniscient and Omnipresent, and that youcan consciously come into harmony withthis Omnipotence through your power ofthought, you will have taken a long step inthe right direction.

17. The next step is to place yourself inposition to receive this power. As it isOmnipresent, it must be within you. Weknow that this is so because we know thatall power is from within, but it must be developed, unfolded, cultivated; in order todo this we must be receptive, and this receptivity is acquired just as physicalstrength is gained, by exercise.QgP The law of attraction will certainly

and unerringly bring to you the conditions,environment, and experiences in life, corresponding with your habitual, characteris

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


tic, predominant mental attitude. Notwhat you think once in a while when youare in church, or have just read a goodbook, but your predominant mental attitude is what counts.

19. You can not entertain weak, harmful, negative thoughts ten hours a day andexpect to bring about beautiful, strong andharmonious conditions by ten minutes ofstrong, positive, creative thought.

20. Real power comes from within. Allpower that anybody can possibly use iswithin man, only waiting to be brought intovisibility by his first recognizing it, andthen affirming it as his, working it into hisconsciousness until he becomes one with it.

21. People say that they desire abundant life, and so they do, but so many interpret this to mean that if they will exercise their muscles or breathe scientifically,eat certain foods in certain ways, drink somany glasses of water every day, of just

a certain temperature, keep out of drafts,they will attain the abundant life they seek.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


The result of such methods is but indifferent. However, when man awakens to thetruth, and affirms his oneness with all Life,he finds that he takes on the clear eye, theelastic step, the vigor of youth; he findsthat he has discovered the source of allpower.

22. All mistakes are but the mistakes ofignorance. Knowledge gaining and consequent power is what determines growthand evolution. The recognition and demonstration of knowledge is what constitutespower, and this power is spiritual power,and this spiritual power is the power whichlies at the heart of all things ; it is the soulof the universe.

23. This knowledge is the result ofman's ability to think; thought is thereforethe germ of man's conscious evolution.When man ceases to advance in histhoughts and ideals, his forces immediatelybegin to disintegrate and his countenancegradually registers these changing conditions.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


24. Successful men make it their business to hold ideals of the conditions whichthey wish to realize. They constantly holdin mind the next step necessary to the idealfor which they are striving. Thoughts arethe materials with which they build, andthe imagination is their mental work-shop.Mind is the ever moving force with whichthey secure the persons and circumstancesnecessary to build their success structure,and imagination is the matrix in which allgreat things are fashioned.

25. If you have been faithful to yourideal, you will hear the call when circumstances are ready to materialize your plansand results will correspond in the exactratio of your fidelity to your ideal. Theideal steadily held is what pre-determinesand attracts the necessary conditions forits fulfillment.

26. It is thus that you may weave a garment of spirit and power into the web ofyour entire existence; it is thus that youmay lead a charmed life and be forever

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


protected from all harm ; it is thus that youmay become a positive force whereby conditions of opulence and harmony may beattracted to you.

27. This is the leaven which is gradually permeating the general consciousnessand is largely responsible for the conditions of unrest which are everywhere evident.

28. Last week you created a mental image, you brought it from the invisible intothe visible ; this week I want you to take anobject and follow it back to its origination,see of what it really consists. If you dothis you will develop imagination, insight,perception, and sagacity. These come notby the superficial observation of the multitude, but by a keen analytical observationwhich sees below the surface.

29. It is the few who know that thethings which they see are only effects, andunderstand the causes by which these effects were brought into existence.

30. Take the same position as hereto

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


fore and visualize a Battleship; see thegrim monster floating on the surface ofthe water ; there appears to be no life anywhere about ; all is silence ; you know thatby far the largest part of the vessel isunder water; out of sight; you know thatthe ship is as large and as heavy as atwenty-story skyscraper; you know thatthere are hundreds of men ready to springto their appointed task instantly ; you knowthat every department is in charge of able,trained, skilled officials who have proventhemselves competent to take charge of thismarvelous piece of mechanism; you knowthat although it lies apparently obliviousto everything else, it has eyes which seeeverything for miles around, and nothingis permitted to escape its watchful vision;you know that while it appears quiet, submissive and innocent, it is prepared tohurl a steel projectile weighing thousandsof pounds at an enemy many miles away;this and much more you can bring to mindwith comparatively no effort whatever.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


But how did the battleship come to oewhere it is ; how did it come into existencein the first place? All of this you want toknow if you are a careful observer.

31. Follow the great steel plates throughthe foundries, see the thousands of menemployed in their production ; go still further back, and see the ore as it comes fromthe mine, see it loaded on barges or cars,see it melted and properly treated ; go backstill further and see the architect and engineers who planned the vessel; let thethought carry you back still further in order to determine why they planned the vessel; you will see that you are now so farback that the vessel is something intangible,it no longer exists, it is now only a thoughtexisting in the brain of the architect; butfrom where did the order come to plan thevessel? Probably from the Secretary ofWar ; but probably this vessel was plannedlong before the war was thought of, andthat Congress had to pass a bill appropriating the money ; possibly there was opposi

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


jtion, and speeches for or against the bill.Whom do these Congressmen represent?They represent you and me, so that our lineof thought begins with the Battleship andends with ourselves, and we find in the lastanalysis that our own thought is responsible for this and many other things, ofwhich we seldom think, and a little furtherreflection will develop the most importantfact of all and that is, if someone had notdiscovered the law by which this tremendous mass of steel and iron could be madeto float upon the water, instead of immediately going to the bottom, the battleshipcould not have come into existence at all.

32. This law is that, "the specific gravity of any substance is the weight of anyvolume of it, compared with an equal volume of water. ' ' The discovery of this lawrevolutionized every kind of ocean travel,commerce and warfare, and made the existence of the battleship possible.

33. You will find exercises of this kindinvaluable. When the thought has been

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


trained to look below the surface, everything takes on a different appearance, theinsignificant becomes significant, the uninteresting interesting; the things which wesupposed to be of no importance are seento be the only really vital things in existence.

LOOK TO THIS DAY.For it is Life, the very Life of Life.In Its brief course lie all the Vereties

andRealities of your existence;

The Bliss of Growth;The Glory of Action;The Splendor of Beauty;

For Yesterday is but a Dream,And Tomorrow is only a Vision;

But Today well lived makes everyYesterday a Dream of Happiness, andEvery Tomorrow a Vision of Hope.

Look well, therefore, to This Day!—From the Sanscrit.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART NINE.

1. There are only three things whichcan possibly be desired in the "world without" and each of them can be found in the"world within." The secret of findingthem is simply to apply the proper "mechanism" of attachment to the omnipotentpower to which each individual has access.

2. The three things which all mankinddesires and which are necessary for hishighest expression and complete development are Health, Wealth and Love. Allwill admit that Health is absolutely essential; no one can be happy if the physicalbody is in pain. All will not so readily admit that Wealth is necessary, but all mustadmit that a sufficient supply at least isnecessary, and what would be consideredsufficient for one, would be considered absolute and painful lack for another; andas Nature provides not only enough butabundantly, wastefully, lavishly, we realize that any lack or limitation is only thelimitation which has been made by an artificial method of distribution.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


3. All will probably admit that Love isthe third, or maybe some will say the firstessential necessary to the happiness ofmankind ; at any rate, those who possess allthree, Health, Wealth and Love, find nothing else which can be added to their cup ofhappiness.

4. We have found that the Universalsubstance is "All Health," "All Substance ' ' and ' ' All Love ' ' and that the mechanism of attachment whereby we canconsciously connect with this Infinite supply is in our method of thinking. To thinkcorrectly is therefore to enter into the"Secret Place of the Most High."

5. What shall we think? If we knowthis we shall have found the proper mechanism of attachment which will relate usto "Whatsoever things we desire." Thismechanism may seem very simple when Igive it to you, but read on; you will findthat it is in reality the " Master-Key, " the"Alladin's lamp," if you please; you willfind that it is the foundation, the imperative

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


condition, the absolute law of well-doing,which means, well-being.

6. To think correctly, accurately, wemust know the "Truth." The truth thenis the underlying principle in every business or social relation. It is a conditionprecedent to every right action. To knowthe truth, to be sure, to be confident, affords a satisfaction beside which no otheris at all comparable ; it is the only solidground in a world of doubt, conflict anddanger.

7. To know the Truth is to be in harmony with the Infinite and Omnipotentpower. To know the truth is, therefore, toconnect yourself with a power which is irresistible and which will sweep away everykind of discord, inharmony, doubt or errorof any kind, because the ' ' Truth is mightyand will prevail."

8. The humblest intellect can readilyforetell the result of any action when heknows that it is based on truth, but themightiest intellect, the most profound and

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


penetrating mind loses its way hopelesslyand can form no conception of the resultswhich may ensue when his hopes are basedon a premise which he knows to be false.

9. Every action which is not in harmonywith Truth, whether through ignorance ordesign, will result in discord, and eventualloss in proportion to its extent and character.

10. How then are we to know the truthin order to attach this mechanism whichwill relate us to the Infinite?

11. We can make no mistake about thisif we realize that Truth is the vital principle of the Universal Mind and is Omnipresent. For instance, if you requirehealth, a realization of the fact that the"I" in you is spiritual and that all spiritis one; that wherever a part is the wholemust be, will bring about a condition ofhealth, because every cell in the body mustmanifest the truth as you see it. If yousee sickness they will manifest sickness ; ifyou see perfection they must manifest per

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


fection. The affirmation, "I am whole,perfect, strong, powerful, loving, harmonious and happy, ' ' will bring about harmonious conditions. The reason for this isbecause the affirmation is in strict accordance with the Truth, and when truth appears every form of error or discord mustnecessarily disappear.

12. You have found that the "I" isspiritual, it must necessarily then alwaysbe no less than perfect, the affirmation. "I •

am whole, perfect, strong, powerful, loving,harmonious and happy" is therefore an exact scientific statement.

13. Thought is a spiritual activity andspirit is creative, therefore the result ofholding this thought in mind, must necessarily bring about conditions in harmonywith the thought.

14. If you require Wealth a realizationof the fact that the "I" in you is one withthe Universal mind which is all substance,and is Omnipotent, will assist you in bringing into operation the law of attraction

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


which will bring you into vibration withthose forces which make for success andbring about conditions of power and affluence in direct proportion with the character and purpose of your affirmation.

15. Visualization is the mechanism ofthe attachment which you require. Visualization is a very different process fromseeing ; seeing is physical, and is thereforerelated to the objective world, the "worldwithout," but Visualization is a product ofthe imagination, and is therefore a productof the subjective mind, the "world within. ' '

It therefore possesses vitality ; it will grow.The thing visualized will manifest itself inform. The mechanism is perfect; it wascreated by the Master Architect who "do-eth all things well," but unfortunatelysometimes the operator is inexperienced orinefficient, but practice and determinationwill overcome this defect.

16. If you require Love try to realizethat the only way to get love is by giving it,

that the more you give the more you will

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


get, and the only way in which you can giveit, is to fill yourself with it, until you be

come a magnet. The method was explained in another lesson.

17. He who has learned to bring thegreatest spiritual truths into touch withthe so-called lesser things of life has discovered the secret of the solution of hisproblem. One is always quickened, mademore thoughtful, by his nearness of approach to great ideas, great events, greatnatural objects, and great men. Lincoln

is said to have begotten in all who camenear him the feeling awakened when oneapproaches a mountain, and this sense asserts itself most keenly when one comes torealize that he has laid hold upon thingsthat are eternal, the power of Truth.

18. It is sometimes an inspiration tohear from some one who has actually putthese principles to the test, some one whohas demonstrated them in his own life. I

am to-day in receipt of a letter from Mr.Andrews ; he says :

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


' ' Dear Friend :

You will find my experience published inMarch Nautilus, and you are at liberty tomake any extracts from or reference to it,

that may suit your purpose.Sincerely yours,

Frederick Elias Andrews,512 Odd Fellows Bldg.,

March 7, 1917. Indianapolis, Ind. ' '

19. I was about thirteen years old whenDr. T. W. Marsee, since passed over, saidto my mother: "There is no possiblechance, Mrs. Andrews. I lost my little boythe same way, after doing everything forhim that it was possible to do. I havemade a special study of these cases, and I

know there is no possible chance for himto get well."

20. She turned to him and said : "Doctor, what would you do if he were yourboy?" and he answered, "I would fight,fight, as long as there is a breath of life tofight for."

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


21. That was the beginning of a longdrawn-out battle, with many ups anddowns, the doctors all agreeing that therewas no chance for a cure, though they encouraged and cheered us the best theycould..

22. But at last the victory came, and Ihave grown from a little, crooked, twisted,cripple, going about on my hands andknees, to a strong, straight, well formedman.

23. Now, I know you want the formula,and I will give it to you as briefly andquickly as I can.

24. I built up an affirmation for myself, taking the qualities I most needed, andaffirming for myself over and over again,"I am whole, perfect, strong, powerful,loving, harmonious and happy." I keptup this affirmation, always the same, nevervarying, till I could wake up in the nightand find myself repeating, "I am whole,perfect, strong, powerful, loving, harmonious and happy." It was the last thing on

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


my lips at night and the first thing in themorning.

25. Not only did I affirm it for myself,but for others that I knew needed it. Iwant to emphasize this point. Whateveryou desire for yourself, affirm it for others,and it will help you both. We reap whatwe sow. If we send out thoughts of loveand health, they return to us like breadcast upon the waters; but if we send outthoughts of fear, worry, jealousy, anger,hate, etc., we will reap the results in ourown lives.

26. It used to be said that man is completely built over every seven years, butsome scientists now declare that we buildourselves over entirely every elevenmonths; so we are really only elevenmonths old. If we build the defects backinto our bodies year after year, we have noone to blame but ourselves.

27. Man is the sum total of his ownthoughts ; so the question is, how are we going to entertain only the good thoughts

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


and reject the evil ones ? At first we can'tkeep the evil thoughts from coming, but wecan keep from entertaining them. Theonly way to do this is to forget them—which means, get something for them.This is where the ready-made affirmationcomes in.

28. When a thought of anger, jealousy,fear or worry creeps in, just start your affirmation going. The way to fight darkness is with light—the way to fight cold iswith heat—the way to overcome evil is wtihgood. For myself, I never could find anyhelp in denials. Affirm the good, and thebad will vanish.

Frederick Elias Andrews.

29. If there is anything you require, itwill be well for you to make use of thisaffirmation; it cannot be improved upon.Use it just as it is ; take it into the silencewith you, until it sinks into your sub-consciousness, so that you can use it anywhere,on the street cars, in the office, at home;

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


this is the advantage of spiritual methods ;

they are always available. Spirit is omnipresent, ever ready ; all that is required isa proper recognition of its omnipotence,and a willingness or desire to become therecipient of its beneficient effects.

30. If our predominant mental attitudeis one of power, courage, kindliness andsympathy, we shall find that our environment will reflect conditions in correspondence with these thoughts; if it is weak,critical, envious and destructive, we shallfind our environment reflecting conditionscorresponding to these thoughts.

31. Thoughts are causes and conditionsare effects Herein is the explanation ofthe origin of both good and evil. Thoughtis creative and will automatically correlate with its object. This is a Cosmologi-cal law, the law of Attraction, the law ofCause and Effect; the recognition and application of this law will determine bothbeginning and end ; it is the law by whichin all ages and in all times the people were

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


led to believe in the power of prayer."As thy faith is, so be it unto thee," issimply another, a shorter and a better wayof stating it.

32. This week visualize a plant ; take aflower, the one you most admire, bring itfrom the unseen into the seen, plant thetiny seed, water it, care for it, place it

where . it will get the direct rays of themorning sun, see the seed burst ; it is nowa living thing, something which is aliveand beginning to search for the means ofsubsistance. See the roots penetrating theearth, watch them shoot out in all directions and remember that they are livingcells dividing and subdividing, and thatthey will soon number millions, that eachcell is intelligent, that it knows what it

wants and knows how to get it. See thestem shoot forward and upward, watch it

burst through the surface of the earth, see

it divide and form branches, see how perfect and symmetrical each branch is

formed, see the leaves begin to form, and

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

THE MASTER KEY SYSTEM ■ 113

then the tiny stems, each one holding alofta bud, and as you watch you see the budbegin to unfold and your favorite flowercomes to view ; and now if you will concentrate intently you will become conscious ofa fragrance; it is the fragrance of theflower as the breeze gently sways the beautiful creation which you have visualized.

33. When you are enabled to make yourvision clear and complete you will be enabled to enter into the spirit of a thing ; itwill become very real to you; you will belearning to concentrate and the process isthe same, whether you are concentratingon health, a favorite flower, " an ideal, acomplicated business proposition or anyother problem of life.

34. Every success has been accomplished by persistent concentration uponthe object in view,

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART TEN.

1. Abundance is a natural law of theUniverse. The evidence of this law is conclusive; we see it on every hand. Everywhere Nature is lavish, wasteful, extravagant. Nowhere is economy observed inany created thing. Profusion is manifested in everything. The millions and millions of trees and flowers and plants andanimals and the vast scheme of reproduction where the process of creating and recreating is forever going on, all indicatesthe lavishness with which Nature has madeprovision for man. That there is an abundance for everyone is evident, but thatmany fail to participate in this abundanceis also evident ; they have not yet come intoa realization of the Universality of all substance, and that mind is the active principlewhereby we are related to the things wedesire.

2. All wealth is the offspring of power ;

possessions are of value only as they confer power. Events are significant only as

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


they affect power ; all things represent certain forms and degrees of power.

3. Knowledge of cause and effect asshown by the laws governing electricity,chemical affinity and gravitation, enablesman to plan courageously and execute fearlessly. These laws are called Natural Laws,because they govern in the physical world,but all power is not physical power ; thereis also mental power, and there is moraland spiritual power.

4. Spiritual power is superior becauseit exists on a higher plane. It has enabledman to discover the law by which thesewonderful forces of Nature could be harnessed and made to do the work of hundreds and thousands of men. It has enabled man to discover laws whereby timeand space have been annihilated and nowapparently the law of gravitation is to beovercome.

5. In the physical world as we know it,

there exists the organic and the inorganic.The inorganic or the mineral world is ab

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


solutely cut off from the plant or animalworld; the passage is hermetically sealed.These barriers have never yet been crossed.No change of substance, no modification ofenvironment, no chemistry, no electricity,no form of energy, no evolution of anykind can ever endow a single atom of themineral world with the attribute of Life.

6. Only by the bending down into thisdead world of some living form can thosedead atoms be gifted with the properties ofvitality ; without this contact with life theyremain fixed in the inorganic sphere forever. Huxley says that the doctrine ofBiogenesis or life only from life, is victorious all along the line, and Tyndall iscompelled to say: "I affirm that no shredof trustworthy evidence exists to provethat life in our day has ever appeared independent of antecedent life."

7. Physical laws may explain the inorganic, Biology explain and account forthe development of the organic, but of thepoint of contact Science is silent. A simi

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


lar passage exists between the Naturalworld and the Spiritual world; this passage is hermetically sealed on the naturalside. The door is closed ; no man can open

it, no organic change, no mental energy, nomoral effort, no progress of any kind canenable any human being to enter the spiritual world.

8. But as the plant stretches down intothe mineral world beneath and touches itsminerals with the mystery of Life andtransforms them into a living sphere, sothe Universal Mind reaches down into thehuman mind and endows it with its ownhigh qualities, develops new, strange andwonderful and even marvelous qualities.All men or women who have ever accomplished anything in the world of industry,commerce or art have accomplished because of this process.

9. Thought is the connecting link between the Infinite and the finite, betweenthe Universal and the individual. Wehave seen that there is an impassible bar

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


rier between the organic and the inorganic,and that the only way that matter canunfold is to be impregnated with life; asa seed reaches down into the mineral worldand begins to unfold and reach out, thedead matter begins to live, a thousand invisible fingers begin to weave a suitableenvironment for the new arrival, and as thelaw of growth begins to take effect, we seethe process continue until the Lily finallyappears, and even "Solomon in all hisglory was not arrayed like one of these."

10. Even so, a thought is dropped intothe invisible substance of the UniversalMind, that substance from which all thingsare created, and as it takes root, the law ofgrowth begins to take effect and we findthat conditions and environment are butthe objective form of our thought.

11. The law is that Thought is an activevital form of dynamic energy which hasthe power to correlate with its object andbring it out of the invisible substance fromwhich all things are created into the vis

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


Ible or objective world. This is the law bywhich, and through which all things comeinto manifestation; it is the Master Keyby which you are admitted into the SecretPlace of the Most High and are "givendominion over all things." With an understanding of this law you may "decree athing and it shall be established unto thee. "

12. It could not be otherwise; if thesoul of the Universe as we know it, is the"Universal Spirit, then the Universe is simply the condition which the UniversalSpirit has made for itself. We are simplyindividualized spirit and are creating theconditions for our growth in exactly thesame way.

13. This creative power depends uponour recognition of the potential power ofspirit or mind and must not be confusedwith Evolution. Creation is the calling intoexistence of that which does not exist in theobjective world. Evolution is simply theunfolding of potentialities involved inthings which already exist.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


14. In taking advantage of the wonderful possibilities opened up to us throughthe operation of this law, we must remember that we ourselves contribute nothing toits efficacy as the Great Teacher said : "Itis not I that doeth the works, but theFather that dwelleth in me, He doeth thework." We must take exactly the sameposition ; we can do nothing to assist in themanifestation, we simply comply with thelaw, and the All-originating Mind willbring about the result.

15. The great error of the present dayis the idea that Man has to originate theintelligence whereby the Infinite can proceed to bring about a specific purpose orresult. Nothing of this kind is neeessary;the Universal Mind can be depended uponto find the ways and means for bringingabout any necessary manifestation. Wemust, however, create the ideal, and thisideal should be perfect.

16. We know that the laws governingElectricity have been formulated in such

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


a way that this invisible power can be controlled and used for our benefit and comfort in thousands of ways. We know thatmessages are carried around the world,that ponderous machinery does its bidding,that it now illuminates practically thewhole world, but we know too that if weconsciously or ignorantly violate its law bytouching a live wire, when it is not properly insulated, the result will be unpleasantand possibly disastrous. A lack of understanding of the laws governing in the invisible world has the same result, and manyare suffering the consequences all the time.

17. It has been explained that the lawof causation depends upon polarity, a circuit must be formed ; this circuit cannot beformed unless we operate in harmony withthe law. How shall we operate in harmonywith the law unless we know what the lawis? How shall we know what the Law isfBy study, by observation.

18. We see the law in operation everywhere ; all nature testifies to the operation

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


of the law by silently, constantly expressing itself in the law of growth. Wherethere is growth, there must be life ; wherethere is life there must be harmony,so that everything that has life is constantly attracting to itself the conditionsand the supply which is necessary for itsmost complete expression.

19. If your thought is in harmony withthe creative principle of nature, it is intune with the Infinite Mind, and it willform the circuit, it will not return to youvoid; but it is possible for you to thinkthoughts that are not in tune with the Infinite, and there is no polarity, the circuitis not formed. What, then, is the result?What is the result when a dynamo is generating electricity, the circuit is cut off andthere is no outlet? The dynamo stops.

20. It will be exactly the same with you,if you entertain thoughts which are not inaccordance with the Infinite and cannottherefore be polarized; there is no circuit,you are isolated, the thoughts cling to you,harass you, worry you, and finally bring

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


about disease and possibly death ; the physician may not diagnose the case exactly inthis way, he may give it some fancy namewhich has been manufactured for the various ills which are the result of wrongthinking, but the cause is the same nevertheless.

21. Constructive thought must necessarily be creative, but creative thoughtmust be harmonious, and this eliminatesall destructive or competitive thought.

22. Wisdom, strength, courage and allharmonious conditions are the result ofpower and we have seen that all power isfrom within; likewise, every lack, limitation or adverse circumstance is the resultof weakness, and weakness is simply absence of power ; it comes from nowhere, itis nothing—the remedy then is simply todevelop power, and this is accomplished inexactly the same manner that all power isdeveloped, by exercise.

23. This exercise consists in making anapplication of your knowledge. Knowl

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


edge will not apply itself. You mustmake the application. Abundancewill not come to you out of the sky, neitherwill it drop into your lap, but a consciousrealization of the law of attraction and theintention to bring it into operation for acertain, definite and specific purpose, andthe will to carry out this purpose will bringabout the materialization of your desire bya natural law of transference. If you arein business, it will increase and developalong regular channels, possibly new or unusual channels of distribution will beopened and when the law becomes fullyoperative you will find that the things youseek are seeking you.

24. This week select a blank space onthe wall, or any other convenient spot,from where you usually sit, mentally drawa black horizontal line about six incheslong, try to see the line as plainly as thoughit were painted on the wall ; now mentallydraw two vertical lines connecting with thishorizontal line at either end ; now draw another horizontal line connecting with the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


two vertical lines ; now you have a square.Try to see the square perfectly ; when youcan do so draw a circle within the square ;

now place a point in the center of the circle ; now draw the point toward you about10 inches ; now you have a cone on a squarebase; you will remember that your workwas all in black ; change it to white, to red,to yellow.

25. If you can do this, you are makingexcellent progress and will soon be enabledto concentrate on any problem you mayhave in mind.

When any object or purpose is clearly held in thought, its precipitation, intangible and visible form, is merely aquestion of time. The vision alwaysprecedes and itself determines the realization. —Lillian Whiting.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART ELEVEN.

1. Inductive reasoning is the process ofthe objective mind by which we compare anumber of separate instances with one another until we see the common factor thatgives rise to them all.

2. Induction proceeds by comparison offacts ; it is this method of studying naturewhich has resulted in the discovery of a

reign of law which has marked an epochin human progress.

3. It is the dividing line between superstition and intelligence; it has eliminatedthe elements of uncertainty and capricefrom men's lives and substituted law, reason and certitude.

4. It is the "Watchman at the Gate"mentioned in a former lesson.

5. When, by virtue of this principle,the world to which the senses were accustomed, had been revolutionized; when thesun had been arrested in his course, theapparently flat earth had been shaped intoa ball and set whirling around him; when

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


the inert matter had been resolved intoactive elements, and the universe presenteditself wherever we directed the telescopeand microscope, full of force, motion andlife; we are constrained to ask by whatpossible means the delicate forms of organization in the midst of it are kept inorder and repair.

6. Like poles and like forces repelthemselves or remain impenetrable to eachother, and this cause seems in general sufficient to assign a proper place and distance to stars, men and forces. As men ofdifferent virtues enter into partnership, sodo opposite poles attract each other, elements that have no property in commonlike acids and gases cling to each other inpreference and a general exchange is keptup between the surplus and the demand.

7. As the eye seeks and receives satisfaction from colors complementary to thosewhich are given, so does need, want anddesire, in the largest sense, induce, guideand determine action.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

12 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


8. It is our privilege to become conscious of the principle and act in accordance with it. Cuvier sees a tooth belonging to an extinct race of animals. Thistooth wants a body for the performanceof its function, and it defines the peculiarbody it stands in need of with such precision that Cuvier is able to reconstructthe frame of this animal.

9. Perturbations are observed in themotions of Uranus. Leverrier needs another star at a certain place to keep thesolar systems in order, and Neptune appears in the place and hour appointed.

10. The instinctive wants of the animaland the intellectual wants of Cuvier, thewants of nature and of the mind of Leverrier were alike, and thus the results ; herethe thoughts of an existence, there an existence. A well-defined lawful want, therefore, furnishes the reason for the morecomplex operations of nature.

11. Having recorded correctly theanswers furnished by nature and stretched

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


our senses with the growing science overher surface ; having joined hands with thelevers that move the earth ; we become conscious of such a close, varied and deep contact with the world without, that our wantsand purposes become no less identified withthe harmonious operations of this vast organization, than the life, liberty and happiness of the citizen is identified with theexistence of his government.

12. As the interests of the individualare protected by the arms of the country,added to his own; and his needs may depend upon certain supply in the degreethat they are felt more universally andsteadily; in the same manner does conscious citizenship in the Republic of naturesecure us from the annoyances of subordinate agents by alliance with superior powers ; and by appeal to the fundamental lawsof resistance or inducement offered to mechanical or chemical agents, distribute thelabor to be performed between them andman to the best advantage of the inventor.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


13. If Plato could have witnessed thepictures executed by the sun with the as

sistance of the photographer, or a hundredsimilar illustrations of what man does byinduction, he would perhaps have been reminded of the intellectual midwifery of hismaster and, in his own mind might havearisen the vision of a land where all manual, mechanical labor and repetition is assigned to the power of nature, where ourwants are satisfied by purely mental operations set in motion by the will, and wherethe supply is created by the demand.

14. However distant that land may appear, induction has taught men to makestrides toward it and has surrounded himwith benefits which are, at the same time,rewards for past fidelity and incentives formore assiduous devotion.

15. It is also an aid in concentratingand strengthening our faculties for the remaining part, giving unerring solution forindividual as well as universal problems,

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


by the mere operations of mind in the purest form.

16. Here we find a method, the spirit ofwhich is, to believe that what is sought hasbeen accomplished, in order to accomplishit: a method, bequeathed upon us by thesame Plato who, outside of this sphere,could never find how the ideas became realities.

17. This conception is also elaboratedby Swedenborg in his doctrine of correspondences; and a still greater teacher hassaid, ' ' What things soever ye desire, whenye pray, believe that ye receive them, andye shall have them. " (Mark XI, 24 E. V. )

The difference of the tenses in this passageis remarkable.

18. We are first to believe that our desire has already been fulfilled, its accomplishment will then follow. This is a concise direction for making use of the creative power of thought by impressing onthe Universal subjective mind, the parties

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


lar thing which we desire as an already existing fact.

19. We are thus thinking on the planeof the absolute and eliminating all consideration of conditions or limitation and areplanting a seed which, if left undisturbed,will finally germinate into external fruition.

20. To review : Inductive reasoning isthe process of the objective mind, by whichwe compare a number of separate instanceswith one another until we see the commonfactor that gives rise to them all. We seepeople in every civilized country on the

, globe, securing results by some processwhich they do not seem to understandthemselves, and to which they usually attach more or less mystery. Our reason isgiven to us for the purpose of ascertainingthe law by which these results are accomplished.

21. The operation of this thought process is seen in those fortunate naturesthat possess everything that others must

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


acquire by toil, who never have a strugglewith conscience because they always actcorrectly, and can never comport themselves otherwise than with tact, learneverything easily, complete everything theybegin with a happy knack, live in eternalharmony With themselves, without everreflecting much what they do, or ever experiencing difficulty or toil.

22. The fruit of this thought is, as itwere, a gift of the gods, but a gift whichfew as yet realize, appreciate, or understand. The recognition of the marvelouspower which is possessed by the mind under proper conditions and the fact that thispower can be utilized, directed, and madeavailable for the solution of every humanproblem is of transcendental importance.

23. All truth is the same, whether statedin modern scientific terms or in the language of apostolic times. There are timidsouls who fail to realize that the very completeness of truth requires various statement—that no one human formula willshow every side of it.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


24. Changing, emphasis, new language,novel interpretations, unfamiliar perspectives, are not, as some suppose, signs ofdeparture from truth but on the contrary,they are evidence that the truth is beingapprehended in new relations to humanneeds, and is becoming more generally understood.

25. The truth must be told to each generation and to every people in new and different terms, so that when the Great Teacher said—"Believe that ye receive and yeshall receive ' ' or, when Paul said—' ' Faithis the substance of things hoped for, theevidence of things not seen" or, when modern science says—"The law of attraction isthat law by which thought correlates withits object," each statement when subjectedto analysis, is found to contain exactly thesame truth. The only difference being inthe form of presentation.

26. We are standing on the thresholdof a new era. The time has arrived whenman has learned the secrets of mastery and

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


the way is being prepared for a new socialorder, more wonderful than anything everheretofore dreamed of. The conflict ofmodern science with theology, the study ofcomparative religions, the tremendouspower of new social movements, all of theseare but clearing the way for the new order.They may have destroyed traditional formswhich have become antiquated and impotent, but nothing of value has been lost.

27. A new faith has been born, a faithwhich demands a new form of expression,and this faith is taking form in a deep consciousness of power which is being manifested, in the present spiritual activityfound on every hand.

28. The spirit which sleeps in the mineral, breathes in the vegetable, moves inthe animal and reaches its highest development in man is the Universal Mind, and itbehooves us to span the gulf between beingand doing, theory and practice by demonstrating our understanding of the dominionwhich we have been given.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


29. By far the greatest discovery of allthe centuries is the power of thought. Theimportance of this discovery has been alittle slow in reaching the general consciousness, but it has arrived, and alreadyin every field of research the importanceof this greatest of all great discoveries isbeing demonstrated.

30. You ask in what does the creativepower of thought consist? It consists increating ideas, and these in turn objectifythemselves by appropriating, inventing,observing, discerning, discovering, analyzing, ruling, governing, combining and applying matter and force. It can do this because it is an intelligent creative power.

31. Thought reaches its loftiest activitywhen plunged into its own mysteriousdepth ; when it breaks through the narrowcompass of self and passes from truth totruth to the region of eternal light, whereall which is, was or ever will be, melt intoone grand harmony.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


32. From this process of self contemplation comes inspiration which is creativeintelligence, and which is undeniably superior to every element, force or law of nature, because it can understand, modify,govern and apply them to its own ends andpurposes and therefore possess them.

33. Wisdom begins with the dawn ofreason, and reason is but an understandingof the knowledge and principles wherebywe may know the true meaning of things.Wisdom, then, is illuminated reason, andthis wisdom leads to humility, for humilityis a large part of Wisdom.

34. We all know many who haveachieved the seemingly impossible, whohave realized life-long dreams, who havechanged everything including themselves.We have sometimes marveled at the demonstration of an apparently irresistiblepower, which seemed to be ever availablejust when it was most needed, but it is allclear now. All that is required is an un

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


derstanding of certain definite fundamentalprinciples and their proper application.

For your exercise this week, concentrateon the quotation taken from the Bible,"Whatsoever things ye desire, when yepray, believe that ye receive them and yeshall have them," notice that there is nolimitation, "Whatsoever things" is verydefinite and implies that the only limitation which is placed upon us is in our ability to think, to be equal to the occasion, torise to the emergency, to remember thatFaith is not a shadow, but a substance,"the substance of things hoped for, theevidence of things not seen."

Death is but the natural processwhereby all material forms are throwninto the crucible for reproduction infresh diversity.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART TWELVE.

1. There is no purpose in life that cannot be best accomplished through a scientific understanding of the creative powerof thought.

2. The power to think is common to all.Man is, because he thinks. Man's power tothink is infinite, consequently his creativepower is unlimited.

3. We know that thought is buildingfor us the thing we think of and actuallybringing it nearer, yet we find it difficultto banish fear, anxiety or discouragement,all of which are powerful thought forces,and which continually send the things wedesire further away, so that it is often onestep forward and two steps backward.

4. The only way to keep from goingbackward is to keep going forward. Eternal vigilance is the price of success. Thereare three steps, and each one is absolutelyessential. You must first have the knowledge of your power; second, the courageto dare ; third, the faith to do.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


5. With this as a basis, you can construct an ideal business, an ideal home,ideal friends, ideal environment. You arenot restricted as to material or cost.Thought is omnipotent and has the powerto draw on the Infinite bank of primarysubstance for all that it requires. Infiniteresources are therefore at your command.

6. But your ideal must be sharp, clear-cut, definite; to have one ideal today, another tomorrow, and a third next week,means to scatter your forces and accomplish nothing; your result will be a meaningless and chaotic combination of wastedmaterial.

7. Unfortunately this is the resultwhich many are securing, and the cause isself evident. If a sculptor started outwith a piece of marble and a chisel andchanged his ideal every fifteen minutes,what result could he expect? And whyshould you expect any different result inmoulding the greatest and most plastic ofall substances, the only real substance?

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


8. The result of this indecision and negative thought is often found in the loss ofmaterial wealth. Supposed independencewhich required many years of toil and effort suddenly disappears. It is oftenfound then that money and property arenot independence at all. On the contrary,the only independence is found to be apractical working knowledge of the creative power of thought.

9. This practical working method cannot come to you, until you learn that theonly real power which you can have, is thepower to adjust yourself to Divine and unchangeable principles. You cannot changethe Infinite, but you can come into an understanding of Natural laws. The rewardof this understanding is a conscious realization of your ability to adjust yourthought faculties with the UniversalThought which is Omnipresent. Yourability to co-operate with this Omnipotencewill indicate the degree of success withwhich you meet.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


10. The power of thought has manycounterfeits which are more or less fascinating, but the results are harmful instead of helpful.

11. Of course, worry, fear, and all negative thoughts produce a crop after theirkind; those who harbor thoughts of thiskind must inevitably reap exactly whatthey have sown.

12. Again, there are the Phenomenaseekers who gormandize on the so-calledproofs and demonstrations obtained at materializing seances. They throw open theirmental doors and soak themselves in themost poisonous currents which can befound in the psychic world. They do notseem to understand that it is the abilityto become negative, receptive and passive,and thus drain themselves of all their vitalforce, which enables them to bring aboutthese vibratory thought forms.

13. There are also the Hindu worshippers, who see in the materializing phenomena which are performed by the so-called

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


adepts, a source of power, forgetting, ornever seeming to realize that as soon as thewill is withdrawn the forms wither, andthe vibratory forces of which they are composed vanish.

14. Telepathy, or thought transference,has received considerable attention, but asit requires a negative mental state onthe part of the receiver, the practice isharmful. A thought may be sent with theintention of hearing or seeing, but it willbring the penalty attached to the inversionof the principle involved.

15. Hypnotism is positively dangerousto the subject as well as the operator. Noone familiar with the laws governing inthe mental world would think of attempting to dominate the will of another, for bybo doing he will gradually but surely divest himself of his own power.

16. All of these perversions have theirtemporary satisfaction and for some akeen fascination, but there is an infinitelygreater fascination in a true understandingof the world of power within, a power

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


which increases with use; is permanent instead of fleeting; which not only is potentas a remedial agency to bring about theremedy for past error or results of wrongthinking, but is a prophylactic agency protecting us from all manner and form ofdanger, and finally is an actual creativeforce with which we can build new conditions and new environment.

17. The law is, that thought will correlate with its object and bring forth inthe material world the correspondence ofthe thing thought or produced in the mental world. We then discern the absolutenecessity of seeing that every thought hasthe inherent germ of truth in order thatthe law of growth will bring into manifestation good, for good alone can conferany permanent power.

18. The principle which gives thethought the dynamic power to correlatewith its object, and therefore to masterevery adverse human experience, is the lawof attraction, which is another name forlove. This is an eternal and fundamental

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


principle, inherent in all things, in everysystem of Philosophy, in every Religionand in every Science. There is no gettingaway from the law of love. It is feelingthat imparts vitality to thought. Feelingis desire, and desire is love. Thought impregnated with love becomes invincible.

19. We find this truth emphasizedwherever the power of thought is understood, The Universal Mind is not only Intelligence, but it is substance, and this substance is the attractive force which bringselectrons together by the law of attractionso that they form atoms ; the atoms in turnare brought together by the same law andform molecules; molecules take objectiveforms; and so we find that the law of loveis the creative force behind every manifestation, not only of atoms, but of worlds,of the Universe, of everything of whichthe imagination can form any conception.

20. It is the operation of this marvelouslaw of attraction which has caused menin all ages and all times to believe thatthere must be some personal being who re

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


sponded to their petitions and desires, andmanipulated events in order to complywith their requirements.

21. It is the combination of Thoughtand Love which forms the irresistibleforce, called the law of attraction. All natural laws are irresistible, the law of Gravitation, or Electricity, or any other lawoperates with mathematical exactitude.There is no variation, it is only the channelof distribution which may be imperfect.If a bridge falls, we do not attribute thecollapse to any variation of the law ofgravitation. If a light fails us, we do notconclude that the laws governing electricity cannot be depended upon, and if thelaw of attraction seems to be imperfectlydemonstrated by an inexperienced or uninformed person, we are not to concludethat the greatest and most infallible lawupon which the entire system of creationdepends has been suspended. We shouldrather conclude that a little more understanding of the law is required, for thesame reason that a correct solution of a

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


difficult problem in Mathematics is not always readily and easily obtained.

22. Things are created in the mental orspiritual world before they appear in theoutward act or event. By the simple process of governing our thought forces today,we help create the events which will comeinto our lives in the future, perhaps eventomorrow. Educated desire is the mostpotent means of bringing into action thelaw of attraction.

23. Man is so constituted that he mustfirst create the tools, or implements bywhich he gains the power to think. Themind cannot comprehend an entirely newidea until a corresponding vibratory braincell has been prepared to receive it. Thisexplains why it is so difficult for us to receive or appreciate an entirely new idea;we have no brain cell capable of receivingit; we are therefore incredulous; we do notbelieve it.

24. If, therefore, you have not beenfamiliar with the Omnipotence of the lawof attraction, and the scientific method by

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


which it can be put into operation, or ifyou have not been familiar with the unlimited possibilities which it opens to thosewho are enabled to take advantage of theresources it offers, begin now and createthe necessary brain cells which will enableyou to comprehend the unlimited powerswhich may be yours by co-operating withNatural Law. This is done by concentration or attention.

25. The intention governs the attention.Power comes through repose. It is by concentration that deep thoughts, wise speechand all forces of high potentiality are accomplished.

26. It is in the Silence that you getinto touch with the Omnipotent power ofthe sub-conscious mind from which allpower is evolved.

27. He who desires wisdom, power orpermanent success of any kind will find itonly within; it is an unfoldment. The unthinking may conclude that the silence isvery simple and easily attained, but it

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


should be remembered that only in absolute silence may one come into contactwith Divinity itself ; may learn of the unchangeable law and open for himself thechannels by which persistent practice andconcentration lead to perfection.

28. This week go to the same room, takethe same chair, the same position as heretofore; be sure to relax, let go, both mentally and physically; always do this; nevertry to do any mental work under pressure ;

see that there are no tense muscles ornerves, that you are entirely comfortable.Now realize your unity with omnipotence;get into touch with this power, come intoa deep and vital understanding, appreciation and realization of the fact that yourability to think is your ability to act uponthe Universal Mind, and bring it into manifestation, realize that it will meet any andevery requirement; that you have exactlythe same potential ability which any individual ever did have or ever will have,because each is but an expression or manifestation of the One, all are parts of the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


whole, there is no difference in kind orquality, the only difference being one ofdegree.

—Thought cannot conceive of anythingthat may not be brought to expression.He who first uttered it may be only thesuggester, but the doer will appear.

—Wilson.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART THIRTEEN.

1. It has been the tendency, and, asmight be proved, a necessity for scienceto seek the explanation of every-day factsby a generalization of those others whichare less frequent and form the exception.Thus does the eruption of the volcanomanifest the heat which is continually atwork in the interior of the earth and towhich the latter owes much of her configuration.

2. Thus does the lightning reveal a subtle power constantly busy to producechanges in the inorganic world, and, asdead languages now seldom heard wereonce ruling among the nations, so does agiant tooth in Siberia, or a fossil in thedepth of the earth, not only bear recordof the evolution of past ages, but therebyexplains to us the origin of the hills andvalleys which we inhabit today.

3. In this way a generalization of factswhich are rare, strange, or form the exception, has been the magnetic needle guidingto all the discoveries of inductive science.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


4. This method is founded upon reasonand experience and thereby destroyed superstition, precedent and conventionality.

5. It is more than two hundred yearssince Lord Bacon recommended this method of study, to which the civilized nationsowe the greater part of their prosperityand the more valuable part of their knowledge; purging the mind from narrow prejudices, denominated theories, more effectually than by the keenest irony, callingthe attention of men from heaven to earthmore successfully by surprising experiments than by the most forcible demonstrations of their ignorance; educating theinventive faculties more powerfully by thenear prospect of useful discoveries thrownopen to all, than by talk of bringing tolight the innate laws of our mind.

6. The method of Bacon has seized thespirit and aim of the great philosophersof Greece and carried them into effectby the new means of observation whichanother age offered; thus gradually revealing a wondrous field of knowledge in the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


infinite space of astronomy, in the microscopic egg of embryology, and the dim ageof geology; disclosing an order of thepulse which the logic of Aristotle couldnever have unveiled, and analyzing intoformerly unknown elements the materialcombinations which no dialectic of thescholastics could force apart.

7. It has lengthened life; it has mitigated pain; it has extinguished diseases;it has increased the fertility of the soil;it has given new securities to the mariner ;

it has spanned great rivers with bridgesof form unknown to our fathers; it hasguided the thunderbolt from heaven toearth; it has lighted up night with thesplendor of day ; it has extended the rangeof human vision; it has multiplied thepower of the human muscles; it has accelerated motion; it has annihilated distance; it has facilitated intercourse, correspondence, all friendly offices, all dispatch of business; it has enabled men todescend into the depths of the sea, to soar

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


into the air, to penetrate securely into thenoxious recesses of the earth.

8. This then is the true nature andscope of induction. But the greater thesuccess which men have achieved in the inductive science, the more does the wholetenor of their teachings and example impress us with the necessity of observingcarefully, patiently, accurately, with allthe instruments and resources at our command the individual facts before venturing upon a statement of general laws.

9. To ascertain the bearing of the sparkdrawn from the electric machine under every variety of circumstances, that we thusmay be emboldened with Franklin to address, in the form of a kite, the questionto the cloud about the nature of the lightning. To assure ourselves of the mannerin which bodies fall with the exactness ofa Galileo, that with Newton we may dareto ask the moon about the force that fastens it to the earth.

10. In short, by the value we set upontruth, by our hope in a steady and uni

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


versal progress, not to permit a tyrannicalprejudice to neglect or mutilate unwelcome facts, but to rear the superstructureof science upon the broad and unchangeablebasis, of full attention paid to the mostisolated as well as the most frequentphenomena.

11. An ever-increasing material may becollected by observation, but the accumulated facts are of very different valuefor the explanation of nature, and as weesteem most highly those useful qualitiesof men which are of the rarest occurrence,so does natural philosophy sift the factsand attach a pre-eminent importance tothat striking class which cannot be accounted for by the usual and daily observation of life.

12. If, then, we find that certain persons seem to possess unusual power, whatare we to conclude? First, we may say,it is not so, which is simply an acknowledgment of our lack of information becauseevery honest investigator admits that thereare many strange and heretofore unac

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


countable phenomena constantly takingplace. Those, however, who become acquainted with the creative power ofthought, will no longer consider them unaccountable.

13. Second, we may say that they arethe result of supernatural interference,but a scientific understanding of NaturalLaws will convince us that there is nothingsupernatural. Every phenomenon is theresult of an accurate definite cause, and thecause is an immutable law or principle,which operates with invariable precision,whether the law is put into operation consciously or unconsciously.

14. Third, we may say that we are on"forbidden ground," that there are somethings which we should not know. Thisobjection was used against every advance in human knowledge. Every individual who ever advanced a new idea,whether a Columbus, a Darwin, a Galileo,a Fulton or an Emerson, was subjected toridicule or persecution; so that this objection should receive no serious consider

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


ation; but, on the contrary, we shouldcarefully consider every fact which isbrought to our attention ; by doing this wewill more readily ascertain the law uponwhich it is based.

15. It will be found that the creativepower of thought will explain every possible condition or experience, whetherphysical, mental or spiritual.

16. Thought will bring about conditionsin correspondence with the predominantmental attitude. Therefore, if we feardisaster, as fear is a powerful form ofthought, disaster will be the certain resultof our thinking. It is this form of thoughtwhich frequently sweeps away the resultof many years of toil and effort.

17. If we think of some form of material wealth we may secure it. Byconcentrated thought the required conditions will be brought about, and the propereffort put forth, which will result in bringing about the circumstances necessary torealize our desires ; but we often find thatwhen we secure the things we thought we

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


wanted, they do not have the effect weexpected. That is, the satisfaction is onlytemporary, or possibly is the reverse ofwhat we expected.

18. What, then, is the proper methodof procedure? What are we to think inorder to secure what we really desire?What you and I desire, what we all desire,what every one is seeking, is Happinessand Harmony. If we can be truly happywe shall have everything the world cangive. If we are happy ourselves we canmake others happy.

19. But we cannot be happy unless wehave, health, strength, congenial friends,pleasant environment, sufficient supply,not only to take care of our necessitiesbut to provide for those comforts and luxuries to which we are entitled.

20. The old orthodox way of thinkingwas to be "a worm," to be satisfied withour portion whatever it is; but the modernidea is to know that we are entitled to thebest of everything, that the "Father andI are one" and that the "Father" is theUniversal Mind, the Creator, the Original

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


Substance from which all things proceed.21. Now admitting that this is all true

in theory, and it has been taught fortwo thousand years, and is the essence ofevery system of Philosophy or Religion,how are we to make it practical in ourlives? How are we to get the actual,tangible results here and now?

22. In the first place, we must put ourknowledge into practice. Nothing can beaccomplished in any other way. Theathlete may read books and lessons onphysical training all his life, but unlesshe begins to give out strength by actualwork he will never receive any strength;he will eventually get exactly what hegives ; but he will have to give it first. Itis exactly the same with us; we will getexactly what we give, but we shall have togive it first. It will then return to usmany fold, and the giving is simply a mental process, because thoughts are causesand conditions are effects ; therefore in giving thoughts of courage, inspiration, healthor help of any kind we are setting causes

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


in motion which will bring about theireffect .

23. Thought is a spiritual activity andis therefore creative, but make no mistake,thought will create nothing unless it isconsciously, systematically and constructively directed; and herein is the differencebetween idle thinking, which is simply adissipation of effort, and constructivethinking, which means practically unlimited achievement.

24. We have found that everything weget comes to us by the Law of Attraction.A happy thought cannot exist in an unhappy consciousness; therefore the consciousness must change, and, as the consciousness changes, all conditions necessary to meet the changed consciousnessmust gradually change, in order to meetthe requirements of the new situation.

25. In creating a Mental Image or anIdeal, we are projecting a thought intothe Universal Substance from which allthings are created. This Universal Substance is Omnipresent, Omnipotent andOmniscient. Are we to inform the Omnis

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


cient as to the proper channel to be usedto materialize our demand? Can the finiteadvise the Infinite? This is the cause offailure; of every failure. We recognizethe Omnipresence of the Universal Substance, but we fail to appreciate the factthat this substance is not only Omnipresent, but is Omnipotent and Omniscient,and consequently will set causes in motionconcerning which we may be entirely ignorant.

26. We can best conserve our interestsby recognizing the Infinite Power and Infinite Wisdom of the Universal Mind, andin this way become a channel whereby theInfinite can bring about the realization ofour desire. This means that recognitionbrings about realization, therefore for yourexercise this week make use of the principle, recognize the fact that you are apart of the whole, and that a part mustbe the same in kind and quality as thewhole; the only difference there can possibly be, is in degree.

27. When this tremendous fact begins

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


to permeate your consciousness, when youreally come into a realization of the factthat you, not your body but the Ego, the"I," the spirit which thinks is an integralpart of the great whole, that it is the samein substance, in quality, in kind, that theCreator could create nothing different fromHimself, you will also be able to say,"The Father and I are one" and you willcome into an understanding of the beauty,the grandeur, the transcendental opportunities which have been placed at yourdisposal.

Increase in me that wisdomWhich discovers my truest interest,Strengthen my resolutionTo perform that which wisdom dictates.

— Franklin.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART FOURTEEN.

1. The Universal Energy in which allmotion, light, heat, and color have theirorigin, does not partake of the limitationof the many effects of which it is thecause, but it is supreme over them all. ThisUniversal Substance is the source of allPower, Wisdom and Intelligence.

2. To recognize this Intelligence is toacquaint yourself with the knowing quality of Mind and through it to move uponthe Universal Substance, and bring it intoharmonious relations in your affairs.

3. This is something that the mostlearned physical science teacher has notattempted—a field of discovery upon whichhe has not yet launched; in fact, but fewof the materialistic schools have evercaught the first ray of this light. It doesnot seem to have dawned upon them thatwisdom is just as much present everywhereas are force and substance.

4. Some will say, if these principles aretrue, why are we not demonstrating them?As the fundamental principle is obviously

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


correct, why do we not get proper results!We do. We get results in exact accordancewith our understanding of the law and ourability to make the proper application. Wesecured no results from the laws governingelectricity until some one formulated thelaw and showed us how to apply it.

5. This puts us in an entirely new relation to our environment, opening up possibilities hitherto undreamed of, and this byan orderly sequence of law which is naturally involved in our new mental attitude.

6. Mind is creative and the principleupon which this law is based is sound andlegitimate and is inherent in the nature ofthings; but this creative power does notoriginate in the individual but in the Universal, which is the source and fountain ofall energy and substance, the individual issimply the channel for the distribution ofthis energy. The individual is the meansby which the Universal produces the various combinations which result in the formation of phenomena.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


7. We know that scientists have resolved matter into an immense number ofmolecules; these molecules have been resolved into atoms, and the atoms intoelectrons. The discovery of electrons inhigh vacuum glass tubes containing fusedterminals of hard metal, indicates conclusively that these electrons fill all space;that they exist everywhere, that they areomnipresent. They fill all material bodiesand occupy the whole of what we callempty space. This, then, is the UniversalSubstance from which all things proceed.

8. Electrons would forever remain electrons unless directed where to go to be assembled into atoms and molecules, and thisdirector is Mind. A number of electronsrevolving around a center of force constitutes an atom ; atoms unite in absolutelyregular mathematical ratios and formmolecules, and these unite with each otherto form a multitude of compounds whichunite to build the Universe.

9. The lightest known atom is hydrogenand this is 1,700 times heavier than an

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


electron. An atom of mercury is 300,000times heavier than an electron. Electronsare pure negative electricity, and as theyhave the same potential velocity as all othercosmic energy, such as heat, light, electricity and thought, of 189,380 miles a second,neither time or space require consideration.The manner in which the velocity of lightwas ascertained is interesting :

10. The velocity of light was obtained bythe Danish astronomer Roemer in 1676, byobserving the eclipses of Jupiter's moons.When the earth was nearest to Jupiter, theeclipse appeared about eight and one-halfminutes too soon for the calculations, andwhen the earth was most remote from Jupiter, they were about eight and one-half minutes too late. Roemer concluded the reasonto be that it required 17 minutes for lightfrom the planet to traverse the diameterof the earth's orbit, which measured thedifference of the distances of the earthfrom Jupiter. This calculation has sincebeen verified, and proves that light travelsabout 186,000 miles a second.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


11. Electrons manifest in the body ascells, and possess mind and intelligencesufficient for them to perform their officesin the human physical anatomy. Everypart of the body is composed of cells,some of which operate independently;others in communities. Some are busybuilding tissue, while others are engagedin forming the various secretions necessaryfor the body. Some act as carriers of material; others are the surgeons whose workit is to repair damage; others are scavengers, carrying off waste; others are constantly ready to repel invaders or otherundesirable intruders of the germ family.

12. All these cells are moving for a common purpose and each one is not only a living organism, but has sufficient intelligenceto enable it to perform its necessary duties.It is also endowed with sufficient intelligence to conserve the energies and perpetuate its own life. It must, therefore,secure sufficient nourishment and it hasbeen found that it exercises choice in theselection of such nourishment.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


13. Each cell is born, reproduces itself,dies and is absorbed. The maintenance ofhealth and life itself depends upon theconstant regeneration of these cells.

14. It is therefore apparent that thereis mind in every atom of the body ; thismind is negative mind, and the power ofthe individual to think makes him positive,so that he can control this negative mind.This is the scientific explanation for metaphysical healing, and will enable anyoneto understand the principle upon which thisremarkable phenomena rests.

15. This negative mind, which is contained in every cell of the body, has beencalled the sub-conscious mind, because itacts without our conscious knowledge. Wehave found that this sub-conscious mind isresponsive to the will of the consciousmind.

16. All things have their origin inmind, and appearances are the result ofthought. So that we see that Things inthemselves have no origin, permanency or

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


reality. Since they are produced bythought they can be erased by thought.

17. In mental, as in natural science, experiments are being made and each discovery lifts man one step higher towardhis possible goal. We find that every manis the reflection of the thought he has entertained during his lifetime. This isstamped on his face, his form, his character, his environment.

18. Back of every effect there is a cause,and if we follow the trail to its startingpoint, we shall find the creative principleout of which it grew. Proofs of this arenow so complete that this truth is generallyaccepted.

19. The objective world is controlledby an unseen and, heretofore, unexplain-able power. We have, heretofore, personalized this power and called it God. Wehave now, however, learned to look upon itas the permeating essence or Principle ofall that exists—the Infinite or UniversalMind.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


20. The Universal Mind, being infiniteand omnipotent, has unlimited resources atits command, and when we remember thatit is also omnipresent, we cannot escape theconclusion that we must be an expressionor manifestation of that Mind.

21. A recognition and understandingof the resources of the sub-conscious mindwill indicate that the only difference between the sub-conscious and the Universalis one of degree. They differ only as adrop of water differs from the ocean. Theyare the same in kind and quality, the difference is one of degree only.

22. Do you, can you, appreciate thevalue of this all-important fact; do yourealize that a recognition of this tremendous fact places you in touch with Omnipotence? The cub-conscious mind beingthe connecting link between the UniversalMind and the conscious mind, is it not evident that the conscious mind can consciously suggest thoughts which the subconscious mind will put into action, and as

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


the sub-conscious is one with the Universal,is it not evident that no limit can be placedupon its activities.

23. A scientific understanding of thisprinciple will explain the wonderful results which are secured through the powerof prayer. The results which are securedin this way are not brought about by anyspecial dispensations of providence, but onthe contrary, they are the result of theoperation of a perfectly natural law. Thereis, therefore, nothing either religious ormysterious about it.

24. Yet there are many who are notready to enter into the discipline necessaryto think correctly, even though it is evidentthat wrong thinking has brought failure.

25. Thought is the only reality; conditions are but the outward manifestations;as the thought changes, all outward or material conditions must change in order tobe in harmony with their creator, whichis thought.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


26. But the thought must be clear cut,steady, fixed, definite, unchangeable; youcannot take one step forward and twosteps backward, neither can you spendtwenty or thirty years of your life buildingup negative conditions as the result ofnegative thoughts, and then expect to seethem all melt away as the result of fifteenor twenty minutes of right thinking.

27. If you enter into the discipline necessary to bring about a radical change inyour life, you must do so deliberately, aftergiving the matter careful thought and fullconsideration, and then you must allownothing to interfere with your decision.

28. This discipline, this change ofthought, this mental attitude will not onlybring you the material things which arenecessary for your highest and best welfare, but will bring health and harmoniousconditions generally.

29. If you wish harmonious conditionsin your life, you must develop an harmonious mental attitude.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


30. Your world without will be a reflection of your world within.

31. For your exercise this week, concentrate on Harmony, and when I say concentrate, I mean all that the word implies;concentrate so deeply, so earnestly, thatyou will be conscious of nothing but harmony. Remember, we learn by doing.Reading these lessons will get you nowhere. It is in the practical applicationthat the value consists.

Learn to keep the door shut, keep outof your mind and out of your world,every element that seeks admittance withno definite helpful end in view.

—George Matthew Adams.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART FIFTEEN. .1. The laws under which we live are

designed solely for our advantage. Theselaws are immutable and we cannot escapefrom their operation.

2. All the great eternal forces act insolemn silence, but it is in our power toplace ourselves in harmony with them andthus express a life of comparative peaceand happiness.

3. Difficulties, inhannonies, and obstacles, indicate that we are either refusingto give out what, we no longer need, or refusing to accept what we require.

4. Growth is attained through an exchange of the old for the new, of the goodfor the better; it is a conditional or reciprocal action, for each of us is a completethought entity and this completeness makesit possible for us to receive only as wegive.

5. We cannot obtain what we lack ifwe tenaciously cling to what we have.We are able to consciously control our conditions as we come to sense the purpose of

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


what we attract, and are able to extractfrom each experience only what we requirefor our further growth. Our ability to dothis determines the degree of harmony orhappiness we attain.

6. The ability to appropriate what werequire for our growth, continually increases as we reach higher planes andbroader visions, and the greater our ability to know what we require, the more certain we shall be to discern its presence, toattract it and to absorb it. Nothing mayreach us except what is necessary for ourgrowth.

7. All conditions and experiences thatcome to us do so for our benefit. Difficulties and obstacles will continue to comeuntil we absorb their wisdom and gatherfrom them the essentials of further growth.

8. That we reap what we sow is mathematically exact. We gain permanentstrength exactly to the extent of the effortrequired to overcome difficulties.

9. The inexorable requirements ofgrowth demand that we exert the greatest

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


degree of attraction for what is perfectlyin accord with us. Our highest happinesswill be best attained through our understanding of, and conscious co-operationwith natural laws.

10. Thought is creative and the principle upon which this law is based is soundand inherent in all things, but in order topossess vitality the thought must containlove.

11. It is love which imparts vitality tothought and thus enables it to germinate.The law of attraction, or the law of love,for they are one and the same, will bringto it the necessary material for its growthand maturity.

12. The first form which thought willfind is language, or words ; this determinesthe importance of words; they are the firstmanifestation of thought —the vessels inwhich thought is carried. They take holdof the ether and by setting it in motionreproduce the thought to others in the formof sound.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


13. Thought may lead to action of anykind, but whatever the action, it is simplythe thought attempting to express itselfin visible form. It is evident, therefore,that if we wish desirable conditions, wecan afford to entertain only desirablethoughts.

14. This leads to the inevitable conclusion that if we wish to express abundancein our lives, we can afford to think abundance only, and as words are only thoughtstaking form, we must be especially carefulto use nothing but constructive and harmonious language, which when finally crystallized into objective forms, will prove toour advantage.

15. We cannot escape from the pictureswe incessantly photograph on the mind,and this photography of erroneous conceptions is exactly what is being done by theuse of words, when we use any form oflanguage which is not identified with ourwelfare.

16. We manifest more and more life asour thought becomes clarified and takes

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


higher planes. This is obtained withgreater facility as we use word picturesthat are clearly defined, and relieved of theconceptions attached to them on lowerplanes of thought.

17. It is with words that we must express our thoughts, and if we are to makeuse of higher forms of truth, we may useonly such material as has been carefullyand intelligently selected with this purposein view.

18. This wonderful power of clothingthoughts in the form of words is what differentiates man from the rest of the animalkingdom; by the use of the written wordhe has been enabled to look back over thecenturies and see the stirring scenes bywhich he has come into his present inheritance.

19. He has been enabled to come intocommunion with the greatest writers andthinkers of all time, and the combined record which we possess today is thereforethe expression of Universal Thought as it

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

THE MASTER KEY SYSTEM' 179

has been seeking to take form in the mindof Man.

20. We know that the UniversalThought has for its goal the creation ofform, and we know that the individualthought is likewise forever attempting toexpress itself in form, and we know thatthe word is a thought form, and a sentenceis a combination of thought forms, therefore, if we wish our ideal to be beautifulor strong, we must see that the words outof which this temple will eventually becreated are exact, that they are put together carefully, because accuracy in building words and sentences is the highestform of architecture in civilization and isa passport to success. N

21. Words are thoughts and are therefore an invisible and invincible powerwhich will finally objectify themselves inthe form they are given.

22. Words may become mental palacesthat will live forever', or they may becomeshacks which the first breeze will carryaway. They may delight the eye as well

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


as the ear; they may contain all knowledge;in them we find the history of the past aswell as the hope of the future; they areliving messengers from which every humanand superhuman activity is born.

23. The beauty of the word consists inthe beauty of the thought; the power ofthe word consists in the power of thethought, and the power of the thought consists in its vitality. How shall we identifya vital thought ? What are its distinguishing characteristics? It must have principle. How shall we identify principle?

24. There is a principle of Mathematics, but none of error; there is a principleof health, but none of disease; there is aprinciple of truth, but none of dishonesty;there is a principle of light, but none ofdarkness, and there is a principle of abundance, but none of poverty.

25. How shall we know that this istrue? Because if we apply the principleof Mathematics correctly we shall be certain of our results. Where there is healththere will be no disease. If we know the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


Truth we cannot be deceived by error. Ifwe let in light there can be no darkness,and where there is abundance there can beno poverty.

26. These are self-evident facts, but theall-important truth that a thought containing principle is vital and therefore contains life and consequently takes root, andeventually but surely and certainly displaces the negative thoughts, which bytheir very nature can contain no vitality,is one which seems to have been overlooked.

27. But this is a fact which will enableyou to destroy every manner of discord,lack and limitation.

28. There can be no question but thathe who "is wise enough to understand"will readily recognize that the creativepower of thought places an invincibleweapon in his hands and makes him a master of destiny.

29. In the physical world there is a lawof compensation which is that "the appearance of a given amount of energy any

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


where means the disappearance of thesame amount somewhere else," and so wefind that we can get only what we give; ifwe pledge ourselves to a certain action wemust be prepared to assume the responsibility for the development of that action.The sub-conscious cannot reason. It takesus at our word; we have asked for something; we are now to receive it; we havemade our bed, we are now to lie in it; thedie has been cast; the threads will carryout the pattern we have made.

30. For this reason Insight must be exercised so that the thought which we entertain contains no mental, moral or physical germ which we do not wish objectifiedin our lives.

31. Insight is a faculty of the mindwhereby we are enabled to examine factsand conditions at long range, a kind of human telescope; it enables us to understandthe difficulties as well as the possibilitiesin any undertaking.

32. Insight enables us to be preparedfor the obstacles which we shall meet; we

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


can therefore overcome them before theyhave any opportunity of causing difficulty.

33. Insight enables us to plan to advantage and turn our thought and attention inthe right direction, instead of into channelswhich can yield no possible return.

34. Insight is therefore absolutely essential for the development of any greatachievement, but with it we may enter, explore and possess any mental field.

35. Insight is a product of the worldwithin and is developed in the Silence, byconcentration.

36. For your exercise this week, concentrate on Insight ; take your accustomed position and focus the thought on the factthat to have a knowledge of the creativepower of thought does not mean to possessthe art of thinking. Let the thought dwellon the fact that knowledge does not applyitself. That our actions are not governedby knowledge, but by custom, precedentand habit. That the only way we can getourselves to apply knowledge is by a determined conscious effort. Call to mind

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


the fact that knowledge unused passes fromthe mind, that the value of the informationis in the application of the principle; continue this line of thought until you gainsufficient insight to formulate a definiteprogram for applying this principle to yourown particular problem.

"Think truly, and thy thoughtsShall the world's famine feed;

Speak truly, and each word of thineShall be a fruitful seed;

Live truly, and thy life shall beA great and noble creed."

—Horatio Bonar.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART SIXTEEN.

1. Wealth is a product of labor. Capital is an effect, not a cause ; a servant, nota master; a means, not an end.

2. The most commonly accepted definition of wealth is that it consists of all useful and agreeable things which possess exchange value. It is this exchange valuewhich is the predominant characteristic ofwealth.

3. When we consider the small additionmade by wealth to the happiness of thepossessor, we find that the true value consists not in its utility but in its exchangevalue.

4. This exchange value makes it a medium for securing the things of real valuewhereby our ideals may be realized.

5. Wealth should then never be desired ,

as an end, but simply as a means of ac- 1

complishing an end. Success is contingentupon a higher ideal than the mere accumulation of riches, and he who aspires tosuch success must formulate an ideal forwhich he is willing to strive.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


6. With such an ideal in mind, the waysand means can and will be provided, butthe mistake must not be made of substituting the means for the end. There mustbe a definite fixed purpose, an ideal.

7. Prentice Mulford said :' ' The man of

success is the man possessed of the greatest spiritual understanding and everygreat fortune comes of superior and trulyspiritual power." Unfortunately, thereare those who fail to recognize this power ;

they forget that Andrew Carnegie 's mother had to help support the family whenthey came to America, that Harriman'sfather was a poor clergyman with a salaryof only $200.00 a year, that Sir ThomasLipton started with only 25 cents. Thesemen had no other power to depend upon,but it did not fail them.

8. The power to create depends entirelyupon spiritual power; there are three steps,idealization, visualization and materialization. Every captain of industry dependsupon this power exclusively. In an articlein Everybody's Magazine, Henry M. Flag

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


ler, the Standard Oil multi-millionaire, admitted that the secret of his success was hispower to see a thing in its completeness.The following conversation with the reporter shows his power of idealization, concentration and visualization, all spiritualpowers :

9. "Did you actually vision to yourselfthe whole thing? I mean, did you, or couldyou, really close your eyes and see thetracks? And the trains running? And hearthe whistles blowing? Did you go as faras that?" "Yes." "How clearly?" "Veryclearly."

10. Here we have a vision of the law, wesee ' ' cause and effect, ' ' we see that thoughtnecessarily precedes and determines action.If we are wise, we shall come into a realization of the tremendous fact that no arbitrary condition can exist for a moment, andthat human experience is the result of an

orderly and harmonious sequence.11. The successful business man is

more often than not an idealist and is everstriving for higher and higher standards

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


The subtle forces of thought as they crystallize in our daily moods is what constitutes life.

12. Thought is the plastic material withwhich we build images of our growing conception of life. Use determines its existence. As in all other things our abilityto recognize it and use it properly is thenecessary condition for attainment.

13. Premature wealth is but the forerunner of humiliation and disaster, becausewe cannot permanently retain anythingwhich we do not merit or which we havenot earned.

14. The conditions with which we meetin the world without, correspond to theconditions which we find in the world within. This is brought about by the law ofattraction. How then shall we determinewhat is to enter into the world within?

15. Whatever enters the mind throughthe senses or the objective mind will impress the mind and result in a mentalimage which will become a pattern for thecreative energies.. These experiences are

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


largely the result of environment, chance,past thinking and other forms of negativethought, and must be subjected to carefulanalysis before being entertained. On theother hand, we can form our own mentalimages, through our own interior processes of thought regardless of the thoughtsof others, regardless of exterior conditions,regardless of environment of every kind,and it is by the exercise of this power thatwe can control our own destiny, body, mindand soul.

16. It is by the exercise of this powerthat we take our fate out of the hands ofchance, and consciously make for ourselvesthe experiences which we desire, becausewhen we consciously realize a condition,that condition will eventually manifest inour lives; it is therefore evident that in thelast analysis thinking is the one great causein life,

17. Therefore, to control thought is tocontrol circumstances, conditions, environment and destiny.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


18. How then are we to control thought ;

what is the process? To think is to createa thought, but the result of the thought willdepend upon its form, its quality and itsvitality.

19. The form will depend upon themental image from which it emanates ; thiswill depend upon the depth of the impression, the predominance of the idea, theclarity of the vision, the boldness of theimage.

20. The quality depends upon its substance, and this depends upon the materialof which the mind is composed ; if this material has been woven from thoughts ofvigor, strength, courage, determination,the thought will possess these qualities.

21. And finally, the vitality dependsupon the feeling with which the thought isimpregnated. If the thought is constructive, it will possess vitality; it will havelife, it will grow, develop, expand; it willbe creative; it will attract to itself everything necessary for its complete development.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


22. If the thought is destructive, it willhave within itself the germ of its own dissolution; it will die, but in the process ofdying, it will bring sickness, disease, andevery other form of discord.

23. This we call evil, and when webring it upon ourselves, some of us are disposed to attribute our difficulties to a Supreme Being, but this supreme being issimply Mind in equilibrium.

24. It is neither good nor bad, it simplyis.

25. Our ability to differentiate it intoform is our ability to manifest good orevil.

26. Good and evil therefore are not entities, they are simply words which we useto indicate the result of our actions, andthese actions are in turn predetermined bythe character of our thought.

27. If our thought is constructive andharmonious we manifest good; if it is destructive and discordant we manifest evil.

28. If you desire to visualize a differentenvironment, the process is simply to hold

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


the ideal in mind, until your vision hasbeen made real ; give no thought to persons,places or things ; these have no place in theabsolute; the environment you desire willcontain everything necessary; the rightpersons, and the right things will come atthe right time and in the right place.

29. It is sometimes not plain how character, ability, attainment, achievement, environment and destiny can be controlledthrough the power of visualization, but thisis an exact scientific fact.

30. You will readily see that what wethink determines the quality of mind, andthat the quality of mind in turn determinesour ability and mental capacity, and youcan readily understand that the improvement in our ability will naturally be followed by increase in attainment and agreater control of circumstances.

31. It will thus be seen that Naturallaws work in a perfectly natural and harmonious manner; everything seems to "justhappen. ' ' If you want any evidence of thisfact simply compare results of your efforts

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


in your own life, when your actions wereprompted by high ideals and when you hadselfish or ulterior motives in mind. Youwill need no further evidence.

32. If you wish to bring about the realization of any desire, form a mental pictureof success in your mind, by consciouslyvisualizing your desire; in this way youwill be compelling success, you will be externalizing it in your life by scientificmethods.

33. We can only see what already existsin the objective world, but what we visualize, already exists in the spiritual world,and this visualization is a substantialtoken of what will one day appear in theobjective world, if we are faithful to ourideal. The reason for this is not difficult;visualization is a form of imagination ; thisprocess of thinking forms impressions onthe mind, and these impressions in turnform concepts and ideals, and they in turnare the plans from which the Master Architect will weave the future.

34. The psychologists have come to the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


conclusion that there is but one sense, thesense of feeling, and that all other sensesare but modifications of this one sense;this being true, we know why feeling is thevery fountain head of power, why the emotions so easily overcome the intellect, andwhy we must put feeling into our thought,if we wish results. Thought and feeling isthe irresistible combination.

35. Visualization must, of course, be directed by the will; we are to visualize exactly what we want; we must be carefulnot to let the imagination run riot. Imagination is a good servant but a poor master,and unless it is controlled it may easilylead us into all kinds of speculations andconclusions which have no basis or foundation of fact whatever. Every kind ofplausible opinion is liable to be acceptedwithout any analytical examination andthe inevitable result is mental chaos.

36. We must therefore construct onlysuch mental images as are known to bescientifically true. Subject every ideato a searching analysis and accept nothing

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


which is not scientifically exact. When youdo this you will attempt nothing but whatyou know you can carry out and successwill crown your efforts; this is what business men call far-sightedness; it is muchthe same as insight, and is one of the greatsecrets of success in all important undertakings.

37. For your exercise this week, try tobring yourself to a realization of the important fact that harmony and happinessare states of consciousness and do not depend upon the possession of things. Thatthings are effects and come as a consequence of correct mental states. So that ifwe desire material possession of any kindour chief concern should be to acquire themental attitude which will bring about theresult desired. This mental attitude isbrought about by a realization of our spiritual nature and our unity with theUniversalMind which is the substance of all things.This realization will bring about everything which is necessary for our completeenjoyment. This is scientific or correct

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


thinking. When we succeed in bringingabout this mental attitude it is comparatively easy to realize our desire as an already accomplished fact; when we can dothis we shall have found the "Truth"which makes us "free" from every lack orlimitation of any kind.

A man might frame and let loose astar, to roll in its orbit, and yet nothave done so memorable a thing beforeGod as he who lets a golden-orbedthought to roll through the generationsof time. —H. W. Beecher.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART SEVENTEEN.

1. We are told that Man has ' ' dominionover all things"; this dominion is established through Mind. Thought is the activity which controls every principle beneath it. The highest principle by reasonof its superior essence and qualities necessarily determines the circumstances, aspects and relation of everything with whichit comes in contact.

2. The vibrations of Mental forces arethe finest and consequently the most powerful in existence. To those who perceivethe nature and transcendency of mentalforce, all physical power sinks into insignificance.

3. We are accustomed to look upon theUniverse with a lens of five senses, andfrom these experiences our anthropomorphic conceptions originate, but true conceptions are only secured by spiritual insight. This insight requires a quickeningof the vibrations of the Mind, and is onlysecured when the mind is continuously concentrated in a given direction.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


4. Continuous concentration means aneven, unbroken flow of thought and is theresult of patient, persistent, perseveringand well-regulated system.

5. Great discoveries are the result oflong-continued investigation. The scienceof mathematics requires years of concentrated effort to master it, and the greatestscience —that of the Mind — is revealed onlythrough concentrated effort.

6. Concentration is much misunderstood; there seems to be an idea of effortor activity associated with it, when justthe contrary is necessary. The greatnessof an actor lies in the fact that he forgetshimself in the portrayal of his character,becoming so identified with it, that theaudience is swayed by the realism of theperformance. This will give you a goodidea of true concentration; you should beso interested in your thought, so engrossedin your subject, as to be conscious of nothing else. Such concentration leads to intuitive perception and immediate insight

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


into the nature of the object concentratedupon.

7. All knowledge is the result of concentration of this kind; it is thus that the secrets of Heaven and Earth have beenwrested; it is thus that the mind becomesa magnet and the desire to know draws theknowledge, irresistibly attracts it, makesit your own.

8. Desire is largely sub-conscious; conscious desire rarely realizes its objectwhen the latter is out of immediate reach.Sub-conscious desire arouses the latentfaculties of the mind, and difficult problems seem to solve themselves.

9. The sub-conscious mind may bearoused and brought into action in anydirection and made to serve us for anypurpose, by concentration. The practiceof concentration requires the control of thephysical, mental and psychical being; allmodes of consciousness whether physical,mental or psychical, must be under control.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


10. Spiritual Truth is therefore the controlling factor; it is this which will enableyou to grow out of limited attainment andreach a point where you will be able totranslate modes of thought into characterand consciousness.

11. Concentration does not mean merethinking of thoughts, but the transmutation of these thoughts into practical values;the average person has no conception ofthe meaning of concentration. There is always the cry "to have" but never thecry "to be"; they fail to understand thatthey cannot have one without the other,that they must first find the "kingdom"before they can have the "things added."Momentary enthusiasm is of no value; itis only by unbounded self-confidence thatthe goal is reached.

12. The mind may place the ideal a little too high and fall short of the mark; itmay attempt to soar on untrained wingsand instead of flying, fall to earth ; but thatis no reason for not making another attempt.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


13. Weakness is the only barrier tomental attainment; attribute your weakness to physical limitations or mental uncertainties and try again; ease and perfection are gained by repetition.

14. The astronomer centers his mind onthe stars and they give forth their secrets; the geogologist centers his mind onthe construction of the earth and we havegeology; so with all things. Men centertheir minds on the problems of life, and theresult is apparent in the vast and complexsocial order of the day.

15. All mental discovery and attainment are the result of desire plus concentration; desire is the strongest mode of action; the more persistent the desire, themore authoritative the revelation. Desireadded to concentration will wrench any secret from nature.

16. In realizing great thoughts, in experiencing great emotions that correspondwith great thoughts, the mind is in a statewhere it appreciates the value of higherthings.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


17. The intensity of one moment's earnest concentration and the intense longingto become and to attain may take you further than years of slow normal and forcedeffort; it will unfasten the prison bars ofunbelief, weakness, impotence and self-be-littlement, and you will come into a realization of the joy of overcoming.

18. The spirit of initiative and originality is developed through persistence andcontinuity of mental effort. Businessteaches the value of concentration and encourages decision of character ; it developspractical insight and quickness of conclusion. The mental element in every commercial pursuit is dominant as the controllingfactor, and desire is the predominatingforce; all commercial relations are the ex-ternalization of desire.

19. Many of the sturdy and substantialvirtues are developed in commercial employment; the mind is steadied and directed; it becomes efficient. The principalnecessity is the strengthening of the mindso that it rises superior to the distractions

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

THE MASTER KEY: SYSTEM 203

and wayward impulses of instinctive lifeand thus successfully overcomes in the conflict between the higher and lower self.

20. All of us are dynamos, but the dyna--mo of itself is nothing; the mind must

work the dynamo; then it is useful and itsenergy can be definitely concentrated. Themind is an engine whose power is undreamed; thought is an omni-workingpower. It is the ruler and creator of allform and all events occurring in form.Physical energy is nothing in comparisonwith the omnipotence of thought, becausethought enables man to harness all othernatural power.

21. Vibration is the action of thought;it is vibration which reaches out and attracts the material necessary to constructand build. There is nothing mysteriousconcerning the power of thought; concentration simply implies that consciousnesscan be localized to the point where it becomes identified with the object of its attention. As food absorbed is the essence

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


of the body, so the mind absorbs the objectof its attention, gives it life and being.

22. If you concentrate on some matterof importance, the intuitive power will beset in operation, and help will come in thenature of information which will lead tosuccess.

23. Intuition arrives at conclusionswithout the aid of experience or memory.Intuition often solves problems that arebeyond the grasp of the reasoning power.Intuition often comes with a suddennessthat is startling; it reveals the truth forwhich we are searching, so directly that itseems to come from a higher power. Intuition can be cultivated and developed;in order to do this it must be recognizedand appreciated; if the intuitive visitor isgiven a royal welcome when he comes, hewill come again; the more cordial the welcome the more frequent his visits will become, but if he is ignored or neglected hewill make his visits few and far apart.

24. Intuition usually comes in the Silence; great minds seek solitude fre

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


quently ; it is here that all the larger problems of life are worked out. For this reason every business man who can afford ithas a private office, where he will not bedisturbed; if you cannot afford a privateoffice you can at least find somewhere,where you can be alone a few minutes eachday, to train the thought along lines whichwill enable you to develop that invinciblepower which is necessary to achieve.

25. Remember that fundamentally thesub-conscious is omnipotent; there is nolimit to the things that can be done whenit is given the power to act. Your degreeof success is determined by the nature ofyour desire. If the nature of your desireis in harmony with Natural Law or theUniversal Mind, it will gradually emancipate the mind and give you invincible courage.

26. Every obstacle conquered, everyvictory gained, will give you more faith inyour power, and you will have greaterability to win. Your strength is determined by your mental attitude ; if this atti

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


tude is one of success, and is permanentlyheld with an unswerving purpose, you willattract to you from the invisible domainthe things you silently demand.

27. By keeping the thought in mind, itwill gradually take tangible form. A definite purpose sets causes in motion whichgo out in the invisible world and find thematerial necessary to serve your purpose.

28. You may be pursuing the symbolsof power, instead of power itself. You maybe pursuing fame instead of honor, richesinstead of wealth, position instead of service ; in either event you will find that theyturn to ashes just as you overtake them.

29. Premature wealth or position cannot be retained because it has not beenearned; we get only what we give, andthose who try to get without giving alwaysfind that the law of compensation is relentlessly bringing about an exact equilibrium.

30. The race has hitherto been formoney and other mere symbols of power,but with an understanding of the truesource of power, we can afford to ignore

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


the symbols. The man with a large bankaccount finds it unnecessary to load hispockets down with gold; so with the manwho has found the true source of power;he is no longer interested in its shams orpretentions.

31. Thought ordinarily leads outwardlyin evolutionary directions, but it can beturned within where it will take hold ofthe basic principles of things, the heart ofthings, the spirit of things. When you getto the heart of things it is comparativelyeasy to understand and command them.

32. This is because the Spirit of a thingis the thing itself, the vital part of it, thereal substance. The form is simply theoutward manifestation of the spiritual activity within.

33. For your exercise this week concentrate as nearly as possible in accordancewith the method outlined in this lesson; letthere be no conscious effort or activity associated with your purpose. Relax completely, avoid any thought of anxiety as toresults. Remember that power comes

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


through repose. Let the thought dwellupon your object, until it is completelyidentified with it, until you are consciousof nothing else.

34. If you wish to eliminate fear concentrate on courage.

35. If you wish to eliminate lack concentrate on abundance.

36. If you wish to eliminate disease concentrate on health.

37. Always concentrate on the ideal asan already existing fact; this is the Elohim,the germ cell, the life principle which goesforth, and enters in, and becomes, sets inmotion those causes which guide, directand bring about the necessary relationwhich eventually manifest in form.

Thought is the property of those onlywho can entertain it. —Emerson.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART EIGHTEEN.

1. There is change in the thought of theworld. This change is silently transpiringin our midst, and is more important thanany which the world has undergone sincethe downfall of Paganism.

2. The present revolution in the opinions of all classes of men, the highest andmost cultured of men as well as those ofthe laboring class, stands unparalleled inthe history of the world.

3. Science has of late made such vastdiscoveries, has revealed such an infinityof resources, has unveiled such enormouspossibilities and such unsuspected forces,that scientific men more and more hesitateto affirm certain theories as establishedand indubitable or to deny other theoriesas absurd or impossible.

4. A new civilization is being born;customs, creeds, and precedent are passing; vision, faith and service are takingtheir place. The fetters of tradition arebeing melted off from humanity, and as

the dross of materialism is being con

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


sumed, thought is being liberated andtruth is rising full orbed before an astonished multitude.

5. The whole world is on the eve of anew consciousness, a new power, and anew realization within the self.

6. Physical Science has resolved matterinto molecules, molecules into atoms,atoms into energy, and it has remained forMr. J. A. Fleming, in an address beforethe Royal Institution, to resolve this energy into mind. He says :

" In its ultimateessence, energy may be incomprehensibleby us except as an exhibition of the directoperation of that which we call Mind orWill."

7. And this mind is the indwelling andultimate. It is imminent in matter as inspirit. It is the sustaining, energizing, all-pervading Spirit of the universe.

8. Every living thing must be sustainedby this omnipotent Intelligence, and wefind the difference in individual lives to belargely measured by the degree of this intelligence, which they manifest. It is

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


greater intelligence that places the animalin a higher scale of being than the plant,the man higher than the animal, and wefind that this increased intelligence Isagain indicated by the power of the individual to control modes of action and thusto consciously adjust himself to his environment.

9. It is this adjustment that occupiesthe attention of the greatest minds, andthis adjustment consists in nothing elsethan the recognition of an existing orderin the universal mind, for it is well knownthat this mind will obey us precisely inproportion as we first obey it.

10. It is the recognition of NaturalLaws that has enabled us to annihilatetime and space, to soar in the air and tomake iron float, and the greater the degreeof intelligence the greater will be our recognition of these Natural Laws and thegreater will be the power we can possess.

11. It is the recognition of the self as anindividualization of this Universal Intelli

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


gence that enables the individual to controlthose forms of intelligence which have notyet reached this level of self-recognition ;

they do not know that this Universal Intelligence permeates all things ready to becalled into action ; they do not know that itis responsive to every demand, and theyare therefore in bondage to the law of theirown being.

12. Thought is creative and the principle on which the law is based is soundand legitimate and is inherent in the nature of things; but this creative powerdoes not originate in the individual, but inthe universal, which is the source and fountain of all energy and substance ; the individual is simply the channel for the distribution of this energy.

13. The individual is simply the meansby which the universal produces the various combinations which result in the formation of phenomena, which depends uponthe law of vibration, whereby various ratesof rapidity of motion in the primary substance form new substances only In certainexact numerical ratios.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


14. Thought is the invisible link bywhich the individual comes into communication with the Universal, the finite withthe Infinite, the seen with the Unseen.Thought is the magic by which the humanis transformed into a being who thinksand knows and feels and acts.

15. As the proper apparatus has enabled the eye to discover worlds withoutnumber millions of miles away, so, with theproper understanding, man has been enabled to communicate with the UniversalMind, the source of all power.

16. The Understanding which is usually developed is about as valuable as a telephone box without wires or a central station; in fact, it is usually nothing morethan a "belief" which means nothing atall. The Indians believe something andso do the savages of the Cannibal Islands ;

but that proves nothing.17. The only belief which is of any

value to any one is a belief that has beenput to a test and demonstrated to be afact; it is then no longer a belief, but hasbecome a living Faith or the Truth.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


18. And this Truth has been put to thetest by hundreds of thousands of peopleand has been found to be the Truth exactly in proportion to the usefulness ofthe apparatus which they used.

19. A man would not expect to locatestars hundreds of millions of miles awaywithout a sufficiently strong telescope,and for this reason Science is continuallyengaged in building larger and more powerful telescopes and is continually rewarded by additional knowledge of theheavenly bodies.

20. So with understanding; men arecontinually making progress in the methods which they use to come into communication with the Universal Mind and itsinfinite possibilities.

21. The Universal Mind manifests itself in the objective, through the principle of attraction that each atom has forevery other atom, in infinite degrees ofintensity.

22. It is by this principle of combiningand attracting that things are brought to

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


gether. This principle is of universalapplication and is the sole means wherebythe purpose of existence is carried intoeffect.

23. The expression of growth is metin a most beautiful manner through theinstrumentality of this Universal Principle.

24. In order to grow we must obtainwhat is essential for our growth, but aswe are at all times a complete thoughtentity, this completeness makes it possible for us to receive only as we give;growth is therefore conditioned on reciprocal action, and we find that on the mental plane like attracts like, that mentalvibrations respond only to the extent oftheir vibratory harmony.

25. It is clear, therefore, that thoughtsof abundance will respond only to similarthoughts; the wealth of the individual isseen to be what he inherently is. Affluencewithin is found to be the secret of attraction for affluence without. The abilityto produce is found to be the real source

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


of wealth of the individual. It is for thisreason that he who has his heart in hiswork is certain to meet with unboundedsuccess. He will give and continuallygive, and the more he gives the more hewill receive.

26. What do the great financiers ofWall Street, the captains of industry, thestatesmen, the great corporation attorneys, the inventors, the physicians, theauthors —what do each of these contributeto the sum of human happiness but thepower of their thought?

27. Thought is the energy by whichthe law of attraction is brought into operation, which eventually manifests inabundance.

28. The Universal Mind is static Mind,or Substance in equilibrium. It is differentiated into form by our power to think.Thought is the dynamic phase of mind.

29. Power depends upon consciousness of power; unless we use it, we shalllose it, and unless we are conscious of it

we cannot use it.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


30. The use of this power dependsupon attention; the degree of attentiondetermines our capacity for the acquirement of knowledge which is another namefor power.

31. Attention has been held to be thedistinguishing mark of genius. The cultivation of attention depends upon practice.

32. The incentive of attention is interest; the greater the interest, thegreater the attention; the greater theattention, the greater the interest, actionand reaction; begin by paying attention;before long you will have aroused interest; this interest will attract moreattention, and this attention will producemore interest, and so on. This practicewill enable you to cultivate the power ofattention.

33. This week concentrate upon yourpower to create; seek insight, perception;try to find a logical basis for the faithwhich is in you. Let the thought dwellon the fact that the physical man lives and

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


moves and has his being in the sustainerof all organic life air, that he must breatheto live. Then let the thought rest on thefact that the spiritual man also lives andmoves and has his being in a similar butsubtler energy upon which he must dependfor life, and that as in the physical worldno life assumes form until after a seed issown, and no higher fruit than that of theparent stock can be produced; so in thespiritual world no effect can be produceduntil the seed is sown and the fruit willdepend upon the nature of the seed, sothat the results which you secure dependupon your perception of law in the mightydomain of causation, the highest evolutionof human consciousness.

There is no thought in my mind but itquickly tends to convert itself into apower and organizes a huge instru-

: mentality of means. —Emerson.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART NINETEEN.

1. The search for truth is no longer ahaphazard adventure, but it is a systematic process, and is logical in its operation.Every kind of experience is given a voicein shaping its decision.

2. In seeking the truth we are seekingultimate cause; we know that every human experience is an effect; then if wemay ascertain the cause, and if we shallfind that this cause is one which we canconsciously control, the effect or the experience will be within our control also.

3. Human experience will then nolonger be the football of fate; a man willnot be the child of fortune, but destiny,fate and fortune will be controlled asreadily as a captain controls his vessel, oran engineer his train.

4. All things are finally resolvable intothe same element and as they are thustranslatable, one into the other, they mustever be in relation and may never be inopposition to one another.

5. In the physical world there are in

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


numerable contrasts, and these may forconvenience sake, be designated by distinctive names. There are sides, colors,shades or ends to all things. There is aNorth Pole, and a South Pole, an insideand an outside, a seen and an unseen, butthese expressions merely serve to placeextremes in contrast.

6. They are names given to two different parts of one quantity. The twoextremes are relative; they are not separate entities, but are two parts or aspectsof the whole.

7. In the mental world we find thesame law; we speak of knowledge andignorance, but ignorance is but a lack ofknowledge and is therefore found to besimply a word to express the absence ofknowledge; it has no principle in itself.

8. In the Moral World we again findthe same law; we speak of good and evil,but Good is a reality, something tangible,while Evil is found to be simply a negative condition, the absence of Good. Evilis sometimes thought to be a very real

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


condition, but it has no principle, no vitality, no life; we know this because it canalways be destroyed by Good; just asTruth destroys Error and light destroysdarkness, so Evil vanishes when Goodappears; there is therefore but one principle in the Moral World.

9. We find exactly the same law obtaining in the Spiritual world; we speakof Mind and Matter as two separate entities, but clearer insight makes it evidentthat there is but one operative principleand that is Mind.

10. Mind is the real and the eternal.Matter is forever changing; we know thatin the eons of time a hundred years is butas a day. If we stand in any large cityand let the eye rest on the innumerablelarge and magnificent buildings, the railroads, the electric cars, the telephones, theelectric lights and all the other conveniences of modern civilization, we may remember that not one of them was there100 years ago, and if we could stand onthe same spot in a hundred years from

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


now, in all probability we should find thatbut few of them remained.

11. In the animal kingdom we find thesame law of change. The millions andmillions of animals come and go, a fewyears constituting their span of life. Inthe plant world the change is still morerapid. Many plants and nearly allgrasses come and go in a single year.When we pass to the inorganic, we expectto find something more substantial, butas we gaze on the apparently solid continent, we are told that it arose from theocean; we see the giant mountain and aretold that the place where it now standswas once a lake ; and as we stand in awebefore the great cliffs in the YosemiteValley we can easily trace the path of theglaciers which carried all before them.

12. We are in the presence of continualchange, and we know that this change isbut the evolution of the Universal Mind,the grand process whereby all things arecontinually being created anew, and wecome to know that matter is but a form

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


which Mind takes and is therefore simplya condition. Matter has no principle;Mind is the only principle.

13. We have then come to know thatMind is the only principle which is operative in the physical, mental, moral andspiritual world.

14. We also know that this mind isstatic, mind at rest, we also know that theability of the individual to think is hisability to act upon the Universal Mind andconvert it into dynamic mind, or mind inmotion.

15. In order to do this fuel must beapplied in the form of food, for man cannot think without eating, and so we findthat even a spiritual activity such asthinking cannot be converted into sourcesof pleasure and profit except by makinguse of material means.

16. It requires energy of some kind tocollect electricity and convert it into adynamic power, it requires the rays of thesun to give the necessary energy to sustain plant life, so it also requires energy

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


in the form of food to enable the individual to think and thereby act upon theUniversal Mind.

17. You may know that thought constantly, eternally is taking form, is forever seeking expression, or you may not,but the fact remains that if your thoughtis powerful, constructive, and positive,this will be plainly evident in the state ofyour health, your business and your environment; if your thought is weak, critical, destructive and negative generally, itwill manifest in your body as fear, worryand nervousness, in your finance as lackand limitation, and in discordant conditions in your environment.

18. All wealth is the offspring ofpower; possessions are of value only asthey confer power. Events are significant only as they affect power; all thingsrepresent certain forms and degrees ofpower.

19. A knowledge of cause and effect asshown by the laws governing steam, electricity, chemical affinity and gravitation

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


enables men to plan courageously and toexecute fearlessly. These laws are calledNatural Laws, because they govern thephysical world, but all power is not physical power ; there is also mental power, andthere is moral and spiritual power.

20. What are our schools, our universities, but mental powerhouses, placeswhere mental power is being developed?

21. As there are many mighty powerhouses for the application of power to ponderous machinery, whereby raw materialis collected and converted into the necessities and comforts of life, so the mentalpower-houses collect the raw material andcultivate and develop it into a power whichis infinitely superior to all the forces ofNature, marvelous though they be.

22. What is this raw material which isbeing collected in these thousands of mental power-houses all over the world anddeveloped into a power which is evidentlycontrolling every other power? In itsstatic form it is Mind, in its dynamic formit is Thought.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


23. This power is superior because itexists on a higher plane, because it hasenabled man to discover the law by whichthese wonderful forces of Nature could beharnessed and made to do the work ofhundreds and thousands of men. It hasenabled man to discover laws wherebytime and space have been annihilated, andnow apparently the law of gravitation isto be overcome.

24. Thought is the vital force or energy which is being developed and whichhas produced such startling results in thelast half century as to bring about a worldwhich would be absolutely inconceivableto a man existing only 50 or even 25 yearsago. If such results have been secured byorganizing these mental power-houses in50 years, what may not be expected in another 50 years ?

25. The substance from which allthings are created is infinite in quantity;we know that light travels at the rate of186,000 miles per second, and we knowthat there are stars so remote that it takes

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


light 2,000 years to reach us, and we knowthat such stars exist in all parts of theheaven ; we know, too, that this light comesin waves, so that if the ether on whichthese waves travel was not continuous thelight would fail to reach us; we can thenonly come to the conclusion that this substance, or ether, or raw material, is universally present.

26. How, then, does it manifest inform? In electrical science a battery isformed by connecting the opposite polesof zinc and copper, which causes a current to flow from one to the other and soprovides energy. This same process isrepeated in respect to every polarity, andas all form simply depends upon the rateof vibration and consequent relations ofatoms to each other, if we wish to changethe form of manifestation we must changethe polarity. This is the principle ofcausation.

27. For your exercise this week, concentrate, and when I use the word concentrate, I mean all that the word implies;

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


become so absorbed in the object of yourthought that you are conscious of nothingelse, and do this a few minutes every day.You take the necessary time to eat in orderthat the body may be nourished, why nottake the time to assimilate your mentalfood?

28. Let the thought rest on the fact thatappearances are deceptive. The earth isnot flat, neither is it stationary; the skyis not a dome, the sun does not move, thestars are not small specks of light, andmatter which was once supposed to be fixedhas been found to be in a state of perpetual flux.

29. Try to realize that the day is fastapproaching—its dawn is now at hand—when modes of thought and action mustbe adjusted to rapidly increasing knowledge of the operation of eternal principles.

Silent thought, is, after all, the mightiest agent in human affairs.

—Channing.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART TWENTY.

1. The spirit of a thing is that thing; itis necessarily fixed, changeless and eternal. The spirit of you is—you; withoutthe spirit you would be nothing. It becomes active through your recognition ofit and its possibilities.

2. You may have all the wealth inChristendom, but unless you recognize itand make use of it, it will have no value;so with your spiritual wealth: unless yourecognize it and use it, it will have novalue. The one and only condition ofspiritual power is use or recognition.

3. All great things come through recognition; the- sceptre of power is consciousness, and thought is its messenger,and this messenger is constantly moldingthe realities of the invisible world into theconditions and environments of your objective world.

4. Thinking is the true business oflife, power is the result. You are at alltimes dealing with the magical power ofthought and consciousness. What results

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


can you expect so long as you remainoblivious to the power which has beenplaced within your control?

5. So long as you do this you limityourself to superficial conditions, andmake of yourself a beast of burden forthose who think ; those who recognize theirpower ; those who know that unless we arewilling to think we shall have to work, andthe less we think the more we shall haveto work, and the less we shall get for ourwork.

6. The secret of power is a perfect understanding of the principles, forces,methods and combinations of Mind, anda perfect understanding of .our relationship to the Universal Mind. It is well toremember that this principle is unchangeable; if this were not so, it would not bereliable; all principles are changeless.

7. This stability is your opportunity;you are its active attribute, the channelfor its activity ; the Universal can act onlythrough the individual.

8. When you begin to perceive that the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


essence of the Universal is within yourself—is you—you begin to do things; youbegin to feel your power; it is the fuelwhich fires the imagination; which lightsthe torch of inspiration ; which gives vitality to thought; which enables you to connect with all the invisible forces of theUniverse. It is this power which will enable you to plan fearlessly, to executemasterfully.

9. But perception will come only in theSilence; this seems to be the condition required for all great purposes. You are avisualizing entity. Imagination is yourworkshop. It is here that your ideal is tobe visualized.

10. As a perfect understanding of thenature of this power is a primary condition for its manifestation, visualize theentire method over and over again, so thatyou may use it whenever occasion requires.The Infinity of wisdom is to follow themethod whereby we may have the inspiration of the omnipotent Universal Mind ondemand at any time.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


11. We can fail to recognize this worldwithin, and so exclude it from our consciousness, but it will still be the basicfact of all existence ; and when we learn torecognize it, not only in ourselves, but inall persons, events, things and circumstances we shall have found the "Kingdom of heaven" which we are told is"within" us.

12. Our failures are a result of theoperation of exactly the same principle;the principle is unchangeable; its operation is exact, there is no deviation; if wethink lack, limitation, discord, we shallfind their fruits on every hand; if wethink poverty, unhappiness or disease, thethought messengers will carry the summons as readily as any other kind ofthought and the result will be just as certain. If we fear a coming calamity, weshall be able to say with Job, "the thing I

feared has come upon me"; if we thinkunkindly or ignorantly we shall thus attract to ourselves the results of our ignorance.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


#

13. This power of thought, if understood and correctly used, is the greatestlabor-saving device ever dreamed of, butif not understood or improperly used, theresult will in all probability be disastrous,as we have already seen; by the help ofthis power you can confidently undertakethings that are seemingly impossible, because this power is the secret of all inspiration, all genius.

14. To become inspired means to getout of the beaten path, out of the rut, because extraordinary results require extraordinary means. When we come intoa recognition of the Unity of all thingsand that the source of all power is within,we tap the source of inspiration.

15. Inspiration is the art of imbibing,the art of self-realization; the art of adjusting the individual mind to that of theUniversal Mind; the art of attaching theproper mechanism to the source of allpower ; the art of differentiating the formless into form ; the art of becoming a channel for the flow of Infinite Wisdom ; the art

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


of visualizing perfection; the art of realizing the omnipresence of Omnipotence.

, 16. An understanding and appreciation of the fact that the Infinite power isomnipresent and is therefore in the infinitely small as well as the infinitely largewill enable us to absorb its essence; a

further understanding of the fact that thispower is spirit and therefore indivisiblewill enable us to appreciate its presence atall points at the same time.

17. An understanding of these facts,first intellectually and then emotionally,will enable us to drink deeply from thisocean of Infinite power. An intellectualunderstanding will be of no assistance;the emotions must be brought into action ;

thought without feeling is cold. The required combination is thought and feeling.

18. Inspiration is from within. TheSilence is necessary, the senses must bestilled, the muscles relaxed, repose cultivated. When you have thus come intopossession of a sense of poise and poweryou will be ready to receive the informa

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


tion or inspiration or wisdom which maybe necessary for the development of yourpurpose.

19. Do not confuse these methods withthose of the clairvoyant; they have nothing in common. Inspiration is the art ofreceiving and makes for all that is bestin life; your business in life is to understand and command these invisible forcesinstead of letting them command and ruleyou. Power implies service; inspirationimplies power; to understand and applythe method of inspiration is to becomea superman.

20. We can live' more abundantly everytime we breathe, if we consciously breathewith that intention. The IF is a very important condition in this case, as the intention governs the attention, and withoutthe attention you can secure only the results which every one else secures. Thatis, a supply equal to the demand.

21. In order to secure the larger supplyyour demand must be increased, and asyou consciously increase the demand the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


supply will follow, you will find yourselfcoming into a larger and larger supply oflife, energy and vitality.

22. The reason for this is not difficultto understand, but it is another of thevital mysteries of life which does not seemto be generally appreciated. If you makeit your own you will find it one of the greatrealities of life.

23. We are told that "In Him we liveand move and have our being," and we aretold that "He" is a Spirit, and again that"He" is Love, so that every time webreathe, we breathe this life, love andspirit. This is Pranic Energy, or PranicEther ; we could not exist a moment without it. It is the Cosmic Energy; it is theLife of the Solar Plexus.

24. Every time we breathe we fill ourlungs with air and at the same time vitalize our body with this Pranic Ether whichis Life itself, so that we have the opportunity of making a conscious connection,with All Life, All Intelligence and AllSubstance.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


25. A knowledge of your relation andoneness with this Principle that governsthe Universe and the simple methodwhereby you can consciously identifyyourself with it gives you a scientific understanding of a law whereby you mayfree yourself from disease, from lack orlimitation of any kind; in fact, it enablesyou to breathe the "breath of life" intoyour own nostrils.

26. This "breath of life" is a super-conscious reality. It is the essence ofthe "I am." It is pure "Being" or Universal Substance and our conscious unitywith it enables us to localize it, and thusexercise the powers of this creative energy.

27. Thought is creative vibration andthe quality of the conditions created willdepend upon the quality of our thought,because we cannot express powers whichwe do not possess. We must "be" beforewe can "do" and we can "do" only to theextent to which we "are," and so whatwe do will necessarily coincide with what

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


we "are" and what we are depends uponwhat we ' ' think. ' '

i

28. Every time you think you start atrain of causation which will create a condition in strict accordance with the quality of the thought which originated it.Thought which is in harmony with theUniversal Mind will result in corresponding conditions. Thought which is destructive or discordant will produce corresponding results. You may use thoughtconstructively or destructively, but theimmutable law will not allow you to planta thought of one kind and reap the fruit ofanother. You are free to use this marvelous creative power as you will, but youmust take the consequences.

29. This is the danger from what iscalled Will Power. There are those whoseem to think that by force of will theycan coerce this law ; that they can sow seedof one kind and by "Will Power" make itbear fruit of another, but the fundamentalprinciple of creative power is in the Universal, and therefore the idea of forcing

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

THE MASTER KEY SYSTEM - 239

a compliance with our wishes by the powerof the individual will is an inverted conception, which may appear to succeed fora while but is eventually doomed to failure, because it antagonizes the very powerwhich it is seeking to use.

30. It is the individual attempting tocoerce the Universal, the finite in conflictwith the Infinite. Our permanent wellbeing will be best conserved by a consciousco-operation with the continuous forwardmovement of the Great Whole.

31. For your exercise this week, gointo the Silence and concentrate on thefact that "In Him we live and move andhave our being" is literally and scientifically exact! That you ARE because HeIS, that if He is Omnipresent He must bein you. That if He is all in all you mustbe in Him! That He is Spirit and youare made in "His image and likeness"and that the only difference between Hisspirit and your spirit is one of degree,that a part must be the same in kind andquality as the whole. When you can real

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


ize this clearly you will have found thesecret of the creative power of thought,you will have found the origin of bothgood and evil, you will have found thesecret of the wonderful power of concentration, you will have found the key tothe solution of every problem whetherphysical, financial or environmental.

The power to think, consecutively anddeeply and clearly, is an avowed anddeadly enemy to mistakes and blunders,superstitions, unscientific theories, irrational beliefs, unbridled enthusiasm, fanaticism. —Haddock.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART TWENTY-ONE. ," .

1. The real secret of power is consciousness of power. The Universal Mindis unconditional ; therefore, the more conTscious we become of our unity with thismind, the less conscious we shall becomeof conditions and limitations, and as webecome emancipated or freed from conditions we come into a realization of theunconditional. We have become free!

2. As soon as we become conscious ofthe inexhaustible power in the worldwithin, we begin to draw on this powerand apply and develop the greater possibilities which this discernment has realized, because whatever we become conscious of, is invariably manifested in theobjective world, is brought forth into tangible expression.

3. This is because the Infinite mind,which is the source from which all thingsproceed, is one and indivisible, and eachindividual is a channel whereby this Eternal Energy is being manifested. Ourability to think is our ability to act upon

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


this Universal substance, and what wethink is what is created or produced in theobjective world.

4. The result of this discovery is nothing less than marvelous, and means thatmind is extraordinary in quality, limitlessin quantity and contains possibilities without number. To become conscious of thispower is to become a "live wire"; it hasthe same effect as placing an ordinarywire in contact with a wire that is charged.The Universal is the live wire. It carriespower sufficient to meet every situation \which may arise in the life of every individual. When the individual mind touchesthe Universal Mind it receives all thepower it requires. This is the worldwithin. All science recognizes the realityof this world, and all power is contingentupon our recognition of this world.

5. The ability to eliminate imperfectconditions depends upon mental action,and mental action depends upon consciousness of power; therefore, the more conscious we become of our unity with the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


source of all power, the greater will beour power to control and master everycondition.

6. Large ideas have a tendency toeliminate all smaller ideas so that it iswell to hold ideas large enough to counteract and destroy all small or undesirabletendencies. This will remove innumerable petty and annoying obstacles fromyour path. You also become consciousof a larger world of thought, thereby increasing your mental capacity as well asplacing yourself in position to accomplishsomething of value.

7. This is one of the secrets of success, one of the methods of organizing victory, one of the accomplishments of theMaster-mind. He thinks big thoughts.The creative energies of mind find nomore difficulty in handling large situations, than small ones. Mind is just asmuch present in the Infinitely large as inthe Infinitely Small.

8. When we realize these facts concerning mind we understand how we may

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


bring to ourselves any condition by creating the corresponding conditions in ourconsciousness, because everything whichis held for any length of time in the consciousness, eventually becomes impressedupon the sub-conscious and thus becomesa pattern which the creative energy willweave into the life and environment ofthe individual.

9. In this way conditions are producedand we find that our lives are simply the reflection of our predominant thoughts, ourmental attitude ; we see then that the science of correct thinking is the one science,that it includes all other sciences.

10. From this science we learn thatevery thought creates an impression onthe brain, that these impressions createmental tendencies, and these tendenciescreate character, ability and purpose, andthat the combined action of character,ability and purpose determines the experiences with which we shall meet in life.

11. These experiences come to usthrough the law of attraction; through the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


action of this law we meet in the worldwithout the experiences which correspondto our world within. . , . ' • i . i

12. The predonunant_thoj^mental attitude is the magnet, and the lawis that like attracts like, consequently themental attitude will invariably attractsuch conditions as correspond to its nature.

13. This mental attitude is our personality and is composed of the thoughtswhich we have been creating in our ownmind; therefore, if we wish a change inconditions all that is necessary is tochange our thought; this will in turnchange our mental attitude, which will inturn change our personality, which will inturn change the persons, things and conditions, or, the experiences with which wemeet in life.

14. It is, however, no easy matter tochange the mental attitude, but by persistent effort it may be accomplished ; themental attitude is patterned after themental pictures which have been photo

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


graphed on the brain; if you do not likethe pictures, destroy the negatives andcreate new pictures ; this is the art of visualization.

15. As soon as you have done this youwill begin to attract new things, and thenew things will correspond to the new pictures. To do this : impress on the mind aperfect picture of the desire which youwish to have objectified and continue tohold the picture in mind until results areobtained.

16. If the desire is one which requiresdetermination, ability, talent, courage,power or any other spiritual power, theseare necessary essentials for your picture ;

build them in; they are the vital part ofthe picture; they are the feeling whichcombines with thought and creates theirresistible magnetic power which drawsthe things you require to you. They giveyour picture life, and life means growth,and as soon as it begins to grow, the result is practically assured.

17. Do not hesitate to aspire to the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


highest possible attainments in anythingyou may undertake, for the mind forces areever ready to lend themselves to a purposeful will in the effort to crystallize itshighest aspirations into acts, accomplishments and events.

18. An illustration of how these mindforces operate is suggested by the methodin which all our habits are formed. Wedo a thing, then do it again, and again, andagain, until it becomes easy and perhapsalmost automatic; and the same rule applies in breaking any and all bad habits;we stop doing a thing, and then avoid itagain, and again until we are entirely freefrom it ; and if we do fail now and then, weshould by no means lose hope, for the lawis absolute and invincible and gives uscredit for every effort and every success,even though our efforts and successes areperhaps intermittent.

19. There is no limit to what this lawcan do for you ; dare to believe in your own"ideal; remember that Nature is plasticto the ideal; think of the ideal as analready accomplished fact.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


20. The real battle of life is one ofideas; it is being fought out by the fewagainst the many; on the one side is theconstructive and creative thought, on theother side the ' destructive and negativethought ; the creative thought is dominatedby an ideal, the passive thought is dominated by appearances. On both sidesare men of science, men of letters and menof affairs.

21. On the creative side are men whospend their time in laboratories, or overmicroscopes and telescopes, side by sidewith the men who dominate the commercial, political and scientific world; on thenegative side are men who spend their timeinvestigating law and precedent, men whomistake theology for religion, statesmenwho mistake might for right, and all themillions who seem to prefer precedent toprogress, who are eternally looking backward instead of forward, who see only theworld without, but know nothing of theworld within.

22. In the last analysis there are but

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


these two classes ; all men will have to taketheir place on one side or the other; theywill have to go forward, or go back; thereis no standing still in a world where all ismotion; it is this attempt to stand stillthat gives sanction and force to arbitraryand unequal codes of law. . ;

23. That we are in a period of transition is evidenced by the unrest which iseverywhere apparent. The complaint ofhumanity is as a roll of heaven's artillery,commencing with low and threateningnotes and increasing until the sound issent from cloud to cloud, and the lightningrends the air and earth.

24. The sentries who patrol the mostadvanced outposts of the Industrial, Political and Religious world are calling anyiously to each other. What of the night?The danger and insecurity of the positionthey occupy and attempt to hold is becoming more apparent every hour. The dawnof a new era necessarily declares that theexisting order of things cannot muchlonger be.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


25. The issue between the old regimeand the new, the crux of the social problem, is entirely a question of conviction inthe minds of the people as to the nature ofthe Universe. When they realize that thetranscendent force of spirit or mind of theCosmos is within each individual, it willbe possible to frame laws that shall consider the liberties and rights of the manyinstead of the privileges of the few.

26. As long as the people regard theCosmic power as a power non-human andalien to humanity, so long will it be comparatively easy for a supposed privilegedclass to rule by Divine right in spite ofevery protest of social sentiment. Thereal interest of democracy is therefore toexalt, emancipate and recognize the divinity of the human spirit. To recognizethat all power is from within. That nohuman being has any more power thanany other human being, except such asmay willingly be delegated to him. Theold regime would have us believe that thelaw was superior to the law-makers ; here

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


in is the gist of the social crime of everyform of privilege and personal inequality,the institutionalizing of the fatalistic doctrine of Divine election.

27. The Divine Mind is the UniversalMind; it makes no exceptions, it plays nofavorites; it does not act through sheercaprice or from anger, jealousy or wrath;neither can it be flattered, cajoled ormoved by sympathy or petition to supplyman with some need which he thinks necessary for his happiness or even hisexistence. The Divine Mind makes no

' exceptions in favor of any individual ; butwhen the individual understands and realizes his Unity with the Universal Principle he will appear to be favored becausehe will have found the source of all health,all wealth and all power.

28. For your exercise this week, concentrate on the Truth. Try to realize thatthe Truth shall make you free, that is,nothing can permanently stand in the wayof your perfect success when you learn toapply the scientifically correct thought

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


methods and principles. Realize that youare externalizing in your environment,your inherent soul potencies. Eealizethat the Silence offers an ever availableand almost unlimited opportunity forawakening the highest conception ofTruth. Try to comprehend that Omnipotence itself is absolute silence, all else ischange, activity limitation. Silentthought concentration is therefore the truemethod of reaching, awakening and thenexpressing the wonderful potential powerof the world within.

The possibilities of thought trainingare infinite, its consequence eternal, andyet few take the pains to direct theirthinking into channels that will do them

:'good, but instead leave all to chance.—Marden.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART TWENTY-TWO.

Knowledge is of priceless value, becauseby applying knowledge we can make ourfuture what we wish it to be. When Werealize that our present character, ourpresent environment, our present ability,our present physical condition are all theresult of past methods of thinking, weshall begin to have some conception of thevalue of knowledge.

2. If the state of our health is not allthat could be desired, let us examine ourmethod of thinking; let us remember thatevery thought produces an impression onthe mind; every impression is a seed whichwill sink into the sub-conscious and forma tendency; the tendency will be to attract other similar thoughts and before weknow it we shall have a crop which mustbe harvested.

3. If these thoughts contain diseasegerms, the harvest will be sickness, decay,weakness and failure; the question is,what are we thinking, what are we creating, what is the harvest to be?

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


4. If there is any physical conditionwhich it is necessary to change, the lawgoverning visualization will be found effective. Make a mental image of physicalperfection, hold it in the mind until it isabsorbed by the consciousness. Manyhave eliminated chronic ailments in a fewweeks by this method, and thousands haveovercome and destroyed all manner ofordinary physical disturbances by thismethod in a few days, sometimes in afew minutes.

5. It is through the law of vibrationthat the mind exercises this control overthe body. We know that every mentalaction is a vibration, and we know that allform is simply a mode of motion, a rateof vibration. Therefore, any given vibration immediately modifies every atom inthe body, every life cell is affected and anentire chemical change is made in everygroup of life cells.

6. Everything in the Universe is whatit is by virtue of its rate of vibration.Change the rate of vibration and you

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


change the nature, quality and form. Thevast panorama of nature, both visible andinvisible, is being constantly changed bysimply changing the rate of vibration, andas thought is a vibration we can also exercise this power. We can change the vibration and thus produce any conditionwhich we desire to manifest in our bodies.

7. We are all using this power everyminute. The trouble is most of us areusing it unconsciously and thus producingundesirable results. The problem is touse it intelligently and produce only desirable results. This should not be difficult,because we all have had sufficient experience to know what produces pleasant vibration in the body, and we also know thecauses which produce the unpleasant anddisagreeable sensations.

8. All that is necessary is to consultour own experience. When our thoughthas been uplifted, progressive, constructive, courageous, noble, kind or in anyother way desirable, we have set in motionvibrations which brought about certain re

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


1

suits. When our thought has been filledwith envy, hatred, jealousy, criticism orany of the other thousand and one formsof discord, certain vibrations were set inmotion which brought about certain otherresults of a different nature, and each ofthese rates of vibration, if kept up, crystallized in form. In the first case the result was mental, moral and physicalhealth, and in the second case discord, disharmony and disease.

: 9. We can understand, then, somethingof the power which the mind possessesover the body.

10. The objective mind has certain effects on the body which are readily recognized. Some one says something toyou which strikes you as ludicrous andyou laugh, possibly until your whole bodyshakes, which shows that thought has control over the muscles of your body; orsome one says something which excitesyour sympathy and your eyes fill withtears, which shows that thought controlsthe glands of your body ; or some one says

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


something which makes you angry andthe blood mounts to your cheek, whichshows that thought controls the circulationof your blood. But as these experiencesare all the results of the action of yourobjective mind over the body, the resultsare of a temporary nature ; they soon passaway and leave the situation as it was before.

11. Let us see how the action of the subconscious mind over the body differs. Youreceive a wound; thousands of cells beginthe work of healing at once ; in a few daysor a few weeks the work is complete. Youmay even break a bone. No surgeon onearth can weld the parts together. Hemay set the bone for you, and the subjective mind will immediately begin the process of welding the parts together, and ina short time the bone is as solid as it everwas. You may swallow poison; the subjective mind will immediately discover thedanger and make violent efforts to elimi-dangerous germ; the subjective will atnate it. You may become infected with a

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


once commences to build a wall around theinfected area and destroy the infection byabsorbing it in the white blood corpuscleswhich it supplies for the purpose.

12. These processes of the sub-conscious mind usually proceed without ourpersonal knowledge or direction, and solong as we do not interfere the result isperfect, but, as these millions of repaircells are all intelligent and respond to ourthought, they are often paralyzed and rendered impotent by our thoughts of fear,doubt and anxiety. They are like an armyof workmen, ready to start an importantpiece of work, but every time they getfairly started on the undertaking a strikeis called, or plans changed, until they finally get discouraged and give up.

13. The way to health is founded on thelaw of vibration, which is the basis of allscience, and this law is brought into operation by the mind, the "world within." Itis a matter of individual effort and practice. Our world of power is within ; if weare wise we shall not waste time and effort

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


in trying to deal with effects as we findthem in the "world without," which isonly an external, a reflection.

14. We shall always find the cause inthe "world within"; by changing thecause, we change the effect.

15. Every cell in your body is intelligent and will respond to your direction.The cells are all creators and will createthe exact pattern which you give them.

16. Therefore, when perfect images areplaced before the subjective, the creativeenergies will build a perfect body.

17. Brain cells are constructed in thesame way. The quality of the brain isgoverned by the state of mind, or mentalattitude, so that if undesirable mentalattitudes are conveyed to the subjectivethey will in turn be transferred to thebody; we can therefore readily see that ifwe wish the body to manifest health,strength and vitality this must be the predominant thought.

18. We know then that every elementof the human body is the result of a rateof vibration.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


19. We know that mental action is arate of vibration.

20. We know that a higher rate ofvibration governs, modifies, controls,changes or destroys a lower rate of vibration.

21. We know that the rate of vibrationis governed by the character of brain cells,and finally,

22. We know how to create these braincells; therefore,

23. We know how to make any physical change in the body we desire, and having secured a working knowledge of thepower of mind to this extent, we have cometo know that there is practically no limitation which can be placed upon our abilityto place ourselves in harmony with natural law, which is omnipotent.

24. This influence or control over thebody by the mind is coming to be moreand more generally understood, andmany physicians are now giving the matter their earnest attention. Dr. Albert T.Shofield, who has written several impor

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


tant books on the subject, says: "Thesubject of mental therapeutics is still ignored in medical works generally. In ourphysiologies no reference is made to thecentral controlling power that rules thebody for its good, and the power of themind over the body is seldom spoken of.

25. No doubt many physicians treatnervous diseases of functional origin wisely and well, but what we contend is thatthe knowledge they display was taught atno school, was learned from no book, but itis intuitive and empirical.

26. This is not as it should be. Thepower of mental therapeutics should bethe subject of careful, special and scientificteaching in every medical school. Wemight pursue the subject of maltreatment,or want of treatment, further in detailand describe the disastrous results ofneglected cases ; but the task is an invidious one.

27. There can be no doubt that few patients are aware how much they can do forthemselves. What the patient can do for

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


himself, the forces he can set in motion areas yet unknown. We are inclined to believe that they are far greater than mostimagine, and will undoubtedly be usedmore and more. Mental therapeutics maybe directed by the patient himself to calming the mind in excitement, by arousingfeelings of joy, hope, faith and love; bysuggesting motives for exertion, by regular mental work, by diverting the thoughtsfrom the malady.

28. For your exercise this week concentrate on Tennyson's beautiful lines."Speak to Him, thou, for He hears,and spirit with spirit can meet, Closer isHe than breathing, and nearer than handsand feet." Then try to realize that whenyou do "Speak to Him" you are in touchwith Omnipotence.

29. This realization and recognition ofthis Omnipresent power will quickly destroy any and every form of sickness orsuffering and substitute harmony and perfection. Then remember there are thosewho seem to think that sickness and suffer

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


ing are sent by God; if so, every physician, every surgeon and every Red Crossnurse is defying the will of God and hospitals and sanitariums are places of rebellion instead of houses of mercy. Ofcourse, this quickly reasons itself into anabsurdity, but there are many who stillcherish the idea.

30. Then let the thought rest on thefact that until recently theology has beentrying to teach an impossible Creator, onewho created beings capable of sinning andthen allowed them to be eternally punishedfor such sins. Of course the necessaryoutcome of such extraordinary ignorancewas to create fear instead of love, and so,after two thousand years of this kind ofpropaganda, Theology is now busilyengaged in apologizing for Christendom.

31. You will then the more readily appreciate the ideal man, the man made inthe image and likeness of God, and youwill the more readily appreciate the alloriginating Mind that forms, upholds, sustains, originates and creates all there is.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


"All are but parts of one stupendouswhole,

Whose body nature is, and God the soul. ' '

—Pope.

Opportunity follows perception, action follows inspiration, growth followsknowledge, eminence follows progress.Always the spiritual first, then the transformation into the infinite and illimitable possibilities of achievement.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART TWENTY-THREE.

1. The money consciousness is an attitude of mind; it is the open door to thearteries of commerce. It is the receptiveattitude. Desire is the attractive forcewhich sets the current in motion and fearis the great obstacle by which the currentis stopped or completely reversed, turnedaway from us.

2. Fear is just the opposite from moneyconsciousness ; it is poverty consciousness,and as the law is unchangeable we get exactly what we give ; if we fear we get whatwe feared. Money weaves itself into theentire fabric of our very existence; it engages the best thought of the best minds.

3. We make money by making friends,and we enlarge our circle of friends bymaking money for them, by helping them,by being of service to them. The firstlaw of success then is service, and this inturn is built on integrity and justice. Theman who at least is not fair in his intentionis simply ignorant; he has missed thefundamental law of all exchange; he is

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


impossible; he will lose surely and certainly; he may not know it; he may thinkhe is winning, but he is doomed to certaindefeat. He cannot cheat the Infinite.The law of compensation will demand ofhim an eye for an eye and a tooth for atooth.

4. The forces of life are volatile; theyare composed of our thoughts and idealsand these in turn are molded into form;our problem is to keep an open mind, toconstantly reach out for the new, to recognize opportunity, to be interested in therace rather than the goal, for the pleasureis in the pursuit rather than the possession.

5. You can make a money magnet ofyourself, but to do so you must first consider how you can make money for otherpeople. If you have the necessary insightto perceive and utilize opportunities andpropitious conditions and recognize values, you can put yourself in position totake advantage of them, but your greatestsuccess will come as you are enabled to

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


assist others. What benefits one mustbenefit all.

6. A generous thought is filled withstrength and vitality, a selfish thoughtcontains the germs of dissolution; it willdisintegrate and pass away. Greatfinanciers like Morgan and others are simply channels for the distribution of wealth ;

enormous amounts come and go, but itwould be as dangerous to stop the outgoas the income; both ends must remainopen; and so our greatest success willcome as we recognize that it is just asessential to give as to get.

7. If we recognize the Omnipotentpower that is the source of all supply wewill adjust our consciousness to this supply in such a way that it will constantlyattract all that is necessary to itself andwe shall find that the more we give themore we get. Giving in this sense impliesservice. The banker gives his money, themerchant gives his goods, the author giveshis thought, the workman gives his skill;all have something to give, but the more

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


they can give, the more they get, and themore they get the more they are enabledto give. ,

8. The financier gets much because hegives much ; he thinks ; he is seldom a manthat lets any one else do his thinking forhim; he wants to know how results are tobe secured ; you must show him ; when youcan do this he will furnish the means bywhich hundreds or thousands may profit,and in proportion as they are successfulwill he be successful. Morgan, Rockefeller, Carnegie and others did not get richbecause they lost money for other people ;

on the contrary, it is because they mademoney for other people that they becamethe wealthiest men in the wealthiest country on the globe.

9. The average person is entirely innocent of any deep thinking; he acceptsthe ideas of others, and repeats them, invery much the same way as a parrot; thisis readily seen when we understand themethod which is used to form public opinion, and this docile attitude on the part of

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


a large majority who seem perfectly willing to let a few persons do all their thinking for them is what enables a few men ina great many countries to usurp all theavenues of power and hold the millions insubjection. Creative thinking requiresattention.

10. The power of attention is calledconcentration; this power is directed bythe will; for this reason we must refuseto concentrate or think of anything exceptthe things we desire. Many are constantlyconcentrating upon sorrow, loss and discord of every kind; as thought is creativeit necessarily follows that this concentration inevitably leads to more loss, moresorrow and more discord. How could itbe otherwise? On the other hand, whenwe meet with success, gain, or any otherdesirable condition, we naturally concentrate upon the effects of these things andthereby create more, and so it follows thatmuch leads to more.

11. How an understanding of this principle can be utilized in the business world

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


is well told by Mr. Atkinson in Advanced

Thought. He says:

12. "Spirit, whatever else it may ormay not be, must be considered as theEssence of Consciousness, the Substanceof Mind, the reality underlying Thought.And as all Ideas are phases of the activity of Consciousness, Mind or Thought, itfollows that in Spirit, and in it alone, is tobe found the Ultimate Fact, the RealThing, of Idea."

13. This being admitted, does it not seemreasonable to hold that a true understanding of Spirit, and its laws of manifestation, would be about the most "practical"thing that a "practical" person can hopeto find? Does it not seem certain that ifthe "practical" men of the world couldbut realize this fact, they would "fall allover themselves" in getting to the placein which they might obtain such knowledgeof spiritual things and laws? These menare not fools ; they need only to grasp thisfundamental fact in order to move in the

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


direction of that which is the essence of allachievement. i

14. Let me give you a concrete example. I know a man here in Chicago whomI had always considered to be quite materialistic. He had made several successes in life; and also several failures.The last time I had a talk with him he waspractically "down and out," as comparedwith his former business condition. Itlooked as if he had indeed reached "theend of his rope," for he was well advancedinto the stage of middle-age, and new ideascame more slowly, and less frequently tohim than in former years.

15. He said to me, in substance :" I know

that all things that "work out" in business are the result of Thought; any foolknows that. Just now, I seem to be shorton thoughts and good ideas. But, if this"All-Mind" teaching is correct, thereshould be possible to the individual theattainment of "direct connection" withInfinite Mind; and in Infinite Mind theremust be the possibility of all kinds of good

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


ideas which a man of my courage and experience could put to practical use in thebusiness world, and make a big successthereof. It looks good to me; and I amgoing to look into it. ' '

16. This was about two years ago. Theother day I heard of this man again.Talking to a friend, I said: "What hascome to our old friend X? Has he evergotten on his feet again?" The friendlooked at me in amazement. "Why," saidhe, "don't you know about X's great success? He is the Big Man in the '

Company' (naming a concern which hasmade a phenomenal success during thelast eighteen months and is now wellknown, by reason of its advertisements,from one end of the country to another,and also abroad). He is the man who supplied the BIG IDEA for that concern.Why, he is about a half -million to the goodand is moving rapidly toward the millionmark; all in the space of eighteenmonths." I had not connected this manwith the enterprise mentioned; althoughI knew of the wonderful success of thf

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


company in question. Investigation hasshown that the story is true, and that theabove stated facts are not exaggerated inthe slightest.

17. Now, what do you think of that?To me, it means that this man actuallymade the "direct connection" with InfiniteMind—Spirit—and, having found it, heset it to work for him. He "used it in hisbusiness."

18. Does this sound sacrilegious orblasphemous? I hope not; I do not mean

it to be so. Take away the implication ofPersonality, or Magnified Human Nature,from the conception of "The Infinite,"and you have left the conception of anInfinite Presence-Power, the Quintessenceof which is Consciousness—in fact, at thelast, Spirit. As this man, also, at thelast, must be considered as a manifestationof Spirit; there is nothing sacrilegious inthe idea that he, being Spirit, shouldso harmonize himself with his Origin andSource that he would be able to manifestat least a minor degree of its Power. All

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


of us do this, more or less, when we useour minds in the direction of CreativeThought. This man did more, he wentabout it in an intensely "practical" manner.

19. I have not consulted him about hismethod of procedure, though I intend doing so at the first opportunity, but, he notonly drew upon the Infinite Supply for theideas which he needed (and which formedthe seed of his success), but that he alsoused the Creative Power of Thought inbuilding up for himself an Idealistic Pattern of that which he hoped to manifest inmaterial form, adding thereto, changing,improving its detail, from time to time—proceeding from the general outline to thefinished detail. I judge this to be the factsof the case, not alone from my recollectionof the conversation two years ago, but alsobecause I have found the same thing to betrue in the cases of other prominent menwho have made similar manifestation ofCreative Thought.

20. Those who may shrink from thisidea of employing the Infinite Power to

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


aid one in his work in the material world,should remember that if the Infinite objected in the least to such a procedure thething could never happen. The Infinite isquite able to take care of Itself.

21. "Spirituality" is quite "practical," very "practical," intensely "practical." It teaches that Spirit is the RealThing, the Whole Thing, and thatMatter is but plastic stuff, whichSpirit is able to create, mould, manipulate,and fashion to its will. Spirituality isthe most ' ' practical ' ' thing in the world—the only really and absolutely "practical"thing that there is!

22. This week concentrate on the factthat man is not a body with a Spiirt, buta spirit with a body, and that it is forthis reason that his desires are incapableof any permanent satisfaction in anythingnot spiritual. Money is therefore of novalue except to bring about the conditionswhich we desire, and these conditions arenecessarily harmonious. Harmoniousconditions necessitate sufficient supply, so

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


that if there appears to be any lack, weshould realize that the idea or soul ofmoney is service, and as this thought takesform, channels of supply will be opened,and you will have the satisfaction ofknowing that spiritual methods are entirely practical.

We have discovered that premeditated,orderly thinking for a purpose maturesthat purpose into fixed form, so thatwe may be absolutely sure of the resultof our dynamic experiment

—Francis Larimer Warner.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

PART TWENTY-FOUR.

1. When the scientists first put theSun in the center of the Solar System andsent the earth spinning around it, therewas immense surprise and consternation.The whole idea was self-evidently false;nothing was more certain than the move-

'ment of the Sun across the sky, and anyone could see it descend behind the western hills and sink into the sea; scholarsraged and scientists rejected the idea asabsurd, yet the evidence has finally carriedconviction in the minds of all.

2. We speak of a bell as a "soundingbody," yet we know that all the bell cando is to produce vibrations in the air.When these vibrations come at the rate ofsixteen a second they cause a sound to beheard in the mind. It is possible for themind to hear vibrations at the rate of38,000 a second. When the number increases beyond this all is silence again;so that we know that the sound is not inthe bell, it is in our own mind.

3. We speak and even think of the Sun

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

278 THE MASTER KEY' SYSTEM

as "giving light." Yet we know it is simply giving forth energy which producesvibrations in the ether at the rate of fourhundred trillion a second, causing whatare termed light waves, so that we know

■ that what we call light is simply a formof energy and that the only light there is,is the sensation caused in the mind by themotion of the waves. When the numberincreases, the light changes in color, eachchange in color being caused by shorterand more rapid vibrations; so that although we speak of the rose as being red,the grass as being green, or the sky asbeing blue, we know that the colors existonly in our minds, and are the sensationsexperienced by us as the result of thevibrations of light waves. When the vibrations are reduced below four hundredtrillion a second, they no longer affect usas light, but we experience the sensationof heat. It is evident, therefore, that wecannot depend upon the evidence of thesenses for our information concerning therealities of things ; if we did we should be-

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


lieve that the sun moved, that the worldwas flat instead of round, that the starswere bits of light instead of vast suns.

4. The whole range then of the theory andpractice of any system of metaphysicsconsists in knowing the Truth concerning yourself and the world in which youlive; in knowing that in order to expressharmony, you must think harmony; in order to express health you must thinkhealth ; and in order to express abundanceyou must think abundance; to do this youmust reverse the evidence of the senses.

5. When you come to know that everyform of disease , sickness, lack and limitation are simply the result of wrong thinking, you will have come to know "the Truthwhich shall make you free. ' ' You will seehow mountains may be removed. If thesemountains consist only of doubt, fear, distrust or other forms of discouragement,they are none the less real, and they neednot only to be removed but to be "cast intothe sea."

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


6. Your real work consists in convincing yourself of the truth of these statements. When you have succeeded in doingthis you will have no difficulty in thinking,the truth, and as has been shown, the truthcontains a vital principle and will manifestitself.

7. Those who heal diseases by mentalmethods have come to know this truth, theydemonstrate it in their lives and the livesof others daily. They know that life, healthand abundance are Omnipresent, filling allspace, and they know that those who allowdisease or lack of any kind to manifest,have as yet not come into an understandingof this great law.

8. As all conditions are thought creations and therefore entirely mental, diseaseand lack are simply mental conditions inwhich the person fails to perceive thetruth ; as soon as the error is removed, thecondition is removed.

9. The method for removing this erroris to go into the Silence and know theTruth ; as all mind is one mind, you can do

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


this for yourself or anyone else. If youhave learned to form mental images of theconditions desired, this will be the easiestand quickest way to secure results ; if not,results can be accomplished by argument,by the process of convincing yourself absolutely of the truth of your statement.

10. Remember, and this is one of themost difficult as well as most wonderfulstatements to grasp. Remember that nomatter what the difficulty is, no matterwhere it is, no matter who is affected, youhave no patient but yourself; you havenothing to do but to convince yourself ofthe truth which you desire to see manifested.

11. This is an exact scientific statementin accordance with every system of Metaphysics in existence, and no permanent results are ever secured in any other way.

12. Every form of concentration, forming Mental Images, Argument, and Autosuggestion are all simply methods bywhich you are enabled to realize the Truth,

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


13. If you desire to help some one, todestroy some form of lack, limitation orerror, the correct method is not to think ofthe person whom you wish to help; the intention to help them is entirely sufficient,as this puts you in mental touch with theperson. Then drive out of your own mindany belief of lack, limitation, disease, danger, difficulty or whatever the troublemight be. As soon as you have succeededin doing this the result will have been accomplished, and the person will be free.

14. But remember that thought is creative and consequently every time youallow your thought to rest on any inharmonious condition, you must realize thatsuch conditions are apparent only, theyhave no reality, that spirit is the only reality and it can never be less than perfect.

15. All thought is a form of energy, arate of vibration, but a thought of theTruth is the highest rate of vibrationknown and consequently destroys everyform of error in exactly the same way thatlight destroys darkness; no form of errorcan exist when the "Truth" appears, so

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


that your entire mental work consists incoming into an understanding of the Truth.This will enable you to overcome everyform of lack, limitation or disease of anykind.

16. We can get no understanding of thetruth from the world without; the worldwithout is relative only ; Truth is absolute.We must therefore find it in the "worldwithin. ' '

17. To train the mind to see Truth onlyis to express true conditions only, ourability to do this will be an indication as tothe progress we are making.

18. The absolute truth is that the "I"is perfect and complete; the real "I" isspiritual and can therefore never be lessthan perfect; it can never have any lack,limitation, or disease. The flash of geniusdoes not have origin in the molecular motion of the brain ; it is inspired by the ego,the spiritual "I" which is one with theUniversal Mind, and it is our ability torecognize this Unity which is the cause ofall inspiration, all genius. These results

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


are far-reaching and have effect upon generations yet to come ; they are the pillars offire which mark the path that millions follow.

19. Truth is not the result of logicaltraining or of experimentation, or even ofobservation; it is the product of a developed consciousness. Truth within a Caesar,manifests in a Caesar's deportment, in hislife and his action ; his influence upon socialforms and progress. Your life and youractions and your influence in the world willdepend upon the degree of truth which youare enabled to perceive, for truth will notmanifest in creeds, but in conduct.

20. Truth manifests in character, andthe character of a man should be the interpretation of his religion, or what to himis truth, and this will in turn be evidencedin the character of his possession. If a mancomplains of the drift of his fortune he isjust as unjust to himself as if he shoulddeny rational truth, though it stand patentand irrefutable.

21. Our environment and the innumerable circumstances and accidents of our

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


lives already exist in the subconscious personality which attracts to itself the mentaland physical material which is congenial toits nature. Thus is our future being determined from our present, and if thereshould be apparent injustice in any featureor phase of our personal life, we must lookwithin for the cause, try to discover themental fact which is responsible for theoutward manifestation.

22. It is this truth which makes you"free" and it is the conscious knowledgeof this truth which will enable you to overcome every difficulty.

23. The conditions with which you meetin the world without are invariably the result of the conditions obtaining in the worldwithin, therefore it follows with scientificaccuracy that by holding the perfect idealin mind you can bring about ideal conditions in your environment.

24. If you see only the incomplete, theimperfect, the relative, the limited, theseconditions will manifest in your life; butif you train your mind to see and realize

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


the spiritual ego, the "I" which is foreverperfect and complete, harmonious; wholesome and healthful conditions only will bemanifested.

25. As thought is creative, and the truthis the highest and most perfect thoughtwhich anyone can think, it is self-evidentthat to think the truth is to create thatwhich is true and it is again evident thatwhen truth comes into being that which isfalse must cease to be.

26. The Universal Mind is the totalityof all mind which is in existence. Spirit isMind, because spirit is intelligent. Thewords are, therefore, synonymous.

27. The difficulty with which you haveto contend is to realize that mind is notindividual. It is omnipresent. It existseverywhere. In other words, there is noplace where it is not. It is, therefore, Universal.

28. Men have, heretofore, generallyused the word "God" to indicate this Universal, creative principle; but the word"God" does not convey the right meaning.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


Most people understand this word to meansomething outside of themselves ; while exactly the contrary is the fact. It is ourvery life. Without it we would be dead. Wewould cease to exist. The minute the spiritleaves the body, we are as nothing. Therefore, spirit is really, all there is of us.

29. Now, the only activity which thespirit possesses is the power to think.Therefore, thought must be creative, because spirit is creative. This creative power is impersonal and your ability to thinkis your ability to control it and make useof it for the benefit of yourself and others.

30. When the truth of this statement isrealized, understood, and appreciated, youwill have come into possession of the Mas-ter-Key, but remember that only those whoare wise enough to understand, broadenough to weigh the evidence, firm enoughto follow their own judgment, and strongenough to make the sacrifice exacted, mayenter and partake.

31. This week, try to realize that thisis truly a wonderful world in which we live,

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


that you are a wonderful being, that manyare awakening to a knowledge of the Truth,and as fast as they awake and come into aknowledge of the "things which have beenprepared for them" they, too, realize that' ' Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neitherhath it entered into the heart of man, ' ' thesplendors which exist for those who findthemselves in the Promised Land. Theyhave crossed the river of judgment andhave arrived at the point of discriminationbetween the true and the false, and havefound that all they ever willed or dreamed,was but a faint concept of the dazzlingreality.

Though an inheritance of acres maybe bequeathed, an inheritance of knowledge and wisdom cannot. The wealthyman may pay others for doing his workfor him, but it is impossible to get histhinking done for him by another, or topurchase any kind of self-culture.

—S. Smiles

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

QUESTIONAIRE.

PART ONE.What is the world without in its relation to the world within?The world without is a reflection ofthe world within.Upon what does all possession depend?All possession is based on consciousness.How is the individual related to theobjective world ?

The individual is related to the objective world by the objective mind;the brain is the organ of this mind.How is he related to the UniversalMind?He is related to the Universal Mindby the subconscious mind ; the SolarPlexus is the organ of this mind.What is the Universal Mind?The Universal Mind is the life principle of every atom which is in exist '

ence.How can the Individual act on theUniversal?

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


The ability of the individual to thinkis his ability to act upon the Universal and bring it into manifestation.

7. What is the result of this action andinter-action?The result of this action and interaction is cause and effect; everythought is a cause and every condition an effect.

8. How are harmonious and desirableconditions secured?Harmonious and desirable conditionsare obtained by right thinking.

9. What is the cause of all discord, in-harmony, lack and limitation?Discord, inharmony, lack and limitation are the result of wrong thinking.

10. What is the source of all power?The source of all power is the worldwithin, the Universal Fountain ofSupply, the Infinite Energy of whicheach individual is an outlet.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


PART TWO.

11. What are the two modes of mentalactivity?Conscious and subconscious.

12. Upon what do ease and perfectiondepend?Ease and perfection depend entirelyupon the degree in which we ceaseto depend upon the conscious mind.

13. What is the value of the subconscious ?

It is enormous; it guides us, warnsus, it controls the vital processes andis the seat of memory.

14. What are some of the functions ofthe conscious mind?It has the faculty of discrimination ;

it has the power of reasoning; it isthe seat of the will and may impressthe subconscious.

15. How has the distinction between theconscious and subconscious been expressed?"Conscious mind is reasoning will.Subconscious mind is instinctive de-

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


sire, the result of past reasoningwill."

16. What method is necessary in orderto impress the subconscious?Mentally state what is wanted.

17. What will be the result ?

If the desire is in harmony with theforward movement of the greatWhole, forces will be set in motionwhich will bring about the result.

18. What is the result of the operationof this law?Our environment reflects conditionscorresponding to the predominantmental attitude which we entertain.

19. What name has been given to thislaw?The Law of Attraction.

20. How is the law stated?Thought is a creative energy, andwill automatically correlate with itsobject and bring it into manifestation.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


PART THREE.

21. What system of nerves is the organof the Conscious Mind?The Cerebro-spinal.

22. What system of nerves is the organof the subconscious mind?The sympathetic.

23. What is the central point of distribution for the energy which the body isconstantly generating?The solar plexus.

24. How may this distribution be interrupted?By resistant, critical, discordantthoughts, but especially by fear.

M. What is the result of such interruption?Every ill with which the human raceis afflicted.

26. How may this energy be controlledand directed?By conscious thought.

27. How may fear be completely eliminated?

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


By an understanding and recognitionof the true source of all power.

28. What determines the experienceswith which we meet in life?Our predominant mental attitude.

29. How may we awake the solar plexus 1

Mentally concentrate upon the condition which we desire to see manifested in our lives.

30. What is the creative principle of theUniverse?The Universal Mind.

PART FOUR.31. What is thought?

Thought is spiritual energy.32. How is it carried?

By the law of vibration.33. How is it given vitality?

By the law of love.34. How does it take form?

By the law of growth.M. What is the secret of its creative

power?It is a spiritual activity.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


36. How may we develop the faith, courage, and enthusiasm which will result in accomplishment?By a recognition of our spiritual nature.

37. What is the secret of Power?Service.

38. Why is this so?Because we get what we give.

39. What is the Silence?A physical stillness.

40. Of what value is it?It is the first step to self-control, self-mastery. Power comes through repose. It is only in the silence that wecan be still. We can only think whenwe are still and thought is the secretof all attainment.

PART FIVE.41. What proportion of our mental life

is subconscious ?

At least ninety per cent.42. Is this vast mental storehouse gener

ally utilized?No.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


43. Why not?Few understand or appreciate thefact that it is an activity which theymay consciously direct.

44. Where has the conscious mind received its governing tendencies?From heredity—which means thatit is the result of all the environmentsof all past generations.

45. What is the law of attraction bringing to us ?

Our "own."46. What is our "Own"?

What we inherently are, and is theresult of our past thinking, both conscious and subconscious.

47. Of what is the material with whichwe construct our mental home composed?The thoughts which we entertain.

48. What is the Secret of Power?A recognition of the omnipresence ofomnipotence.

49. Where does it originate?All life and all power is from within.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


50. Upon what is the possession of power contingent!Upon a proper use of the power already in our possession.

PART SIX.51. What are some of the effects which

i can be produced by electricity?,., . Heat, light, power, music.52. Upon what do these various effects

depend?Upon the mechanism to which theelectricity is attached.

53. What is the result of the action andinteraction of the individual mindupon the Universal?The conditions and experiences withwhich we meet.

54. How may these conditions bechanged?By changing the mechanism by whichthe Universal is differentiated inform.

55. What is this mechanism?The brain.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

298 the Master key system

56. How may it be changed ?

By the process we call thinking.1 . . Thoughts produce brain cells, and

these cells respond to the corresponding thought in the Universal.

57. Of what value is the power of concen-''' 1 tration?

It is the very highest personal accomplishment which can be acquired,and the distinguishing characteristic of every successful man orwoman.

58. How may it be acquired?''O.', By faithfully practicing the exercises

outlined in this System.59. Why is this so important ?

Because it will enable us to controlour thoughts, and since thoughts arecauses conditions must be effects ; ifwe can control the cause we can also

■ . ..!'. control the effect.60. What is changing conditions and

multiplying results in the objectiveworld. Men are learning the basicmethods of constructive thinking.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


PART SEVEN. „:i61. What is visualization?

The process of making mental pictures.

62. What is the result of this method ofthought?By holding the image or picture inmind, we can gradually but surelybring the thing nearer to us. We canbe what we will to be.

63. What is Idealization?It is a process of visualizing oridealizing the plans which willeventually materialize in our objective world.

64. Why are clearness and accuracynecessary?Because "seeing" creates "feeling"and "feeling" creates "being."First the mental, then the emotional,then the illimitable possibilities ofachievement.

65. How are they obtained?Each repeated action renders theimage more accurate than the formerone.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


66. How is the material for the construction of your mental image secured?By millions of mental workers. Braincells they are called.

67. How are the necessary conditions forbringing about the materializationof your ideal in the objective worldsecured?By the Law of Attraction. Thenatural law by which all conditionsand experiences are brought about.

68. What three steps are necessary inorder to bring this law into operation?Earnest Desire, Confident Expectation, Firm Demand.

69. Why do many fail?Because they concentrate on loss, disease and disaster. The law is operating perfectly ; the things they fearare coming upon them.

i

70. What is the alternative ?

Concentrate on the ideals which youdesire to see manifested in your life.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


PART EIGHT.71. What is the imagination?

A form of constructive thought. Thelight by which we penetrate newworlds of thought and experience.The mighty instrument by whichevery inventor or discoverer opened -

the way from precedent to experience.

72. What is the result of imagination?The cultivation of the imaginationleads to the development of the idealout of which your future will emerge.

73. How may it be cultivated?By exercise ; it must be supplied withnourishment or it cannot live.

74. How does imagination differ fromday dreaming?Day dreaming is a form of mentaldissipation, while imagination is aform of constructive thought whichmust precede every constructiveaction.

75. What are mistakes ?

The result of ignorance. ,

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


76. What is knowledge?The result of man's ability to think.

7T. What is the power with which suc-. ,, cessful men build ?

Mind is the ever moving force with'.; which they secure the persons and

. w, circumstances necessary to completei . . their plans.

78. What pre-determines the result?The ideal held steadily in mind at-

. tracts the necessary conditions forits fulfillment.

79. What is the result of a keen analytical observation? The develop-

r ment of imagination, insight, perception and sagacity.

, 80. To what do these lead?Opulence and harmony.

PART NINE.81. What is the imperative condition of

all well-being?Well doing.

82. What is the condition precedent toevery right action?Right thinking.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


83. What is the underlying, condition..: necesary in every business transac

tion or social relation?To know the Truth.

M. What is the result of a knowledge ofthe Truth? .

We can readily foretell the result ofany action that is based upon a truepremise.

85. What is the result of any actionbased upon a false premise?We can form no conception of the results which may ensue.

86. How may we know the Truth?By a realization of the fact thatTruth is the vital principle of theUniverse and is therefore omnipresent.

87. What is the nature of Truth? .• '

It is spiritual.88. What is the secret of the solution to

every problem ? • . . . , t;

To apply spiritual Truth.89. What is the advantage of spiritual

methods? • •. ,. i

w

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


They are always available.90. What are the necessary require

ments ?

A recognition of the omnipotence ofspiritual power and a desire to become the recipient of its beneficenteffects.

PART TEN.91. What is Wealth?

Wealth is the offspring of power.98. Of what value are possessions!

Possessions are of value only as theyconfer power.

93. Of what value is a knowledge ofcause and effect?It enables men to plan courageouslyand execute fearlessly.

94. How does life originate in the inorganic world?Only by the introduction of some living form. There is no other way.

95. What is the connecting link betweenthe finite and the Infinite?Thought is the connecting link.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


96. Why is this so!Because the Universal can manifestonly through the individual.

97. Upon what does causation depend?Upon polarity; a circuit must beformed ; the Universal is the positiveside of the battery of life, the individual is the negative, and thoughtforms the circuit.

98. Why do many fail to secure harmonious conditions ?

They do not understand the law;there is no polarity; they have notformed the circuit.

99. What is the remedy?A conscious recognition of the lawof attraction with the intention ofbringing it into existence for a def-inite purpose. „.. . .

100. What will be the result?Thought will correlate with its objectand bring it into manifestation, because thought is a product of thespiritual man, and spirit is thecreative principle of the Universe.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

THE MASTER KEY SYSTEM

PART ELEVEN.101. What is inductive reasoning?

It is the process of the objectivemind by which we compare a numberof separate instances with each other

. until we see the common factor whichgives rise to them all.

102. What has this method of studyingaccomplished ?

It has resulted in the discovery of a

reign of law which has marked an■ epoch in human progress.

103: What is it that guides and determines action ?

It is need, want and desire, which in■ ,:| the largest sense induce, guide and

determine action.104. What is the formula for the' unerring

solution of every individual problem? '<

'!. . ■ •.'"'

'<;<'''We are to believe that our desire has(already been fulfilled ; its accomplish-

"i^ ment will then follow. M

10& What great Teachers advocated it ?

Jesus, Plato, Swedenborg. ■.■ l.■

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

THE MASTER KEY SYSTEM

106. What is the result of the operationof this thought process ?

We are thinking on the plane of theabsolute and planting a seed, whichif left undisturbed will germinateinto fruition.

107. Why is it scientifically exact?Because it is Natural Law.

108. What is Faith?"Faith is the substance of thingshoped for, the evidence of things unseen."

109. What is the Law of Attraction?The Law by which Faith is broughtinto manifestation.

110. What importance do you attach toan understanding of this law ?

It has eliminated the elements of uncertainty and caprice from men's'lives and substituted law, reason andcertitude.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


PART TWELVE..

111. How may any purpose in life be bestaccomplished!Through a scientific understandingof the spiritual nature of thought.

112. What three steps are absolutely essential?The knowledge of our power, thecourage to dare, the faith to do.

113. How is the practical working knowledge secured?By an understanding of Naturallaws.

114. What is the reward of an understanding of these laws?A conscious realization of our abilityto adjust ourselves to Divine and unchanging principle.

115. What will indicate the degree ofsuccess with which we meet?The degree in which we realize thatwe cannot change the Infinite butmust co-operate with it.

116. What is the principle which givesthought its dynamic power? TheLaw of Attraction which rests on

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


vibration, which in turn rests uponthe law of love. Thought impregnated with love becomes invincible.

117. Why is this law irresistible?Because it is a Natural law. AllNatural laws are irresistible and unchangeable and act with mathematical exactitude. There is no deviationor variation.

118. Why then does it sometimes seem tobe difficult to find the solution to ourproblems in life! , ,,

For the same reason that it is sometimes difficult to find the correct solution to a difficult mathematical problem. The operator is uninformed orinexperienced.

119. Why is it impossible for the mind tograsp an entirely new idea!We have no corresponding vibratorybrain cell capable of receiving theidea.

120. How is wisdom secured?By concentration; it is an unfold-ment ; it comes from within.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


PART THIRTEEN.121. What is the method by which natural

philosophers obtain and apply theirknowledge ?

To observe individual facts care-fully, patiently, accurately, with all

: ','.if the instruments and resources at'Mi their command, before venturing

upon a statement of general laws.122. How may we be certain that this

•' " ' ' method is correct ?

By not permitting a tyrannical prejudice to neglect or mutilate unwel-

r : come facts.123. What class of facts are esteemed

most highly?Those which cannot be accounted forby the usual daily observations oflife.

i ■. ■c i ; i ■'

w. Upon what is this principle founded 1

Upon reason and experience.

125. What does it destroy? ,

Superstition, precedent and conventionality.

>

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


126. How have these laws been discov-"uleT6<ll[ '- "

By a generalization' of facts whichare uncommon, rare, strange andform the exception.

127. How may we account for much ofthe strange and heretofore unex-plainable phenomena which is con-

r. stantly taking place?

t

By the creative power of thought.128. Why is this so?

Because a fact is the result of principle, a principle is the result of alaw and existence depends uponlaws; therefore when we learn of afact we can be sure that it is the result of a certain definite cause andthat this cause will operate with invariable precision. n

129. What is the result of this knowledge ?

It will expalin the cause of everypossible condition, whether physical,

■ ■ mental or spiritual; v>'l

130. How will our best interest be conserved? ;

. . . •.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


voi. By a recognition of the fact that aknowledge of the creative nature ofthought puts us in touch with Infinite

, ( ; . power.PART FOURTEEN.

131. What is the source of all Wisdom,Power and Intelligence?The Universal Mind.

132. Where do all motion, light, heat and"' ' ' '

color have their origin?In the Universal Energy which is but

i iotoe manifestation of the UniversalMind.

133. Where does the creative power of: thought originate?

1 ',1 in the Universal Mind.134. What is thought?" : Mind in motion.135. How is the Universal differentiated

l, in form?The individual is the means by which

. the Universal produces the variouscombinations which result in the

m . . formation of phenomena.136. How is this accomplished?

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


The power of the individual to thinkis his ability to act upon the Universal and bring it into manifestation.

137. What is the first form which the Universal takes so far as we know?Electrons, which fill all space.

138. Where do all things have their origin?In mind.

139. What is the result of a change ofthought?A change in conditions.

140. What is the result of a harmoniousmental attitude?Harmonious conditions in life.

PART FIFTEEN.141. What determines the degree of har

mony which we attain ?

Our ability to appropriate what werequire for our growth from eachexperience.

142. What do difficulties and obstacles indicate ?

That they are necessary for our wisdom and spiritual growth.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

314'THE MASTER KEY SYSTEM

143. How may these difficulties be avoided?By a conscious understanding of andco-operation with Natural laws.

144. What is the principle by whichthought manifests itself in form?The Law of Attraction.

145. How is the necessary material secured by which the growth, development and maturity of the idea takeform?The law of love, which is the creative principle of the Universe, imparts vitality to the thought, andthe law of attraction brings thenecessary substance by the law ofgrowth.

146. How are desirable conditions secured?By entertaining desirable thoughtsonly.

147. How are undesirable conditionsbrought about?By thinking, discussing and visualizing conditions of lack, limitation, dis

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


ease, inharmony and discord of everykind. This mental photography oferroneous conceptions is taken up bythe subconscious and the law of attraction will inevitably crystallize itinto objective form. That we reapwhat we sow is scientifically exact.

148. How can we overcome every kind offear, lack, limitation, poverty anddiscord?By substituting principle for error.

149. How may we recognize principle?By a conscious realization of the factthat Truth invariably destroys error.We do not have to laboriously shovelthe darkness out; all that is necessary is to turn on the light. The sameprinciple applies to every form ofnegative thought.

150. What is the value of Insight?It enables us to understand the valueof making application of the knowledge which we gain. Many seem tothink that knowledge will automatically apply itself, which is by nomeans true.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


PART SIXTEEN.151. Upon what does wealth depend?

Upon an understanding of the creative nature of thought.

152. Upon what does its true value consist? • ' ' .

Upon its exchange value.153. Upon what does success depend?

; Upon spiritual power.154. Upon what does this power depends

Upon use; use determines its existence.

155. How may we take our fate out ofthe hands of chance?By consciously realizing the conditions which we desire to see manifested in our lives. ' ,

156. What then is the great business oflife?Thinking. ,

157. Why is this so?Because thought is spiritual andtherefore creative. To consciouslycontrol thought is therefore to control circumstances, conditions, environment and destiny.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


What is the source of all evil?Destructive thinking.What is the source of all good?Scientific correct thinking.What is scientific thinking?A recognition of the creative natureof spiritual energy and our ability tocontrol it.

PART SEVENTEEN.161. What is the true method of concen

tration? , , .

To become so identified with the object of your thought that you areconscious of nothing else. , .

162. What is the result of this method ofconcentration?Invisible forces are set in motionwhich irresistibly bring about conditions in correspondence with yourthought.

163. What is the controlling factor in thismethod of thought? . ..

Spiritual Truth.164. Why is this so? . . : ;

Because the nature of our desire

158.

159.

160.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


must be in harmony with NaturalLaw.

165. What is the practical value of thismethod of concentration? Thought istransmuted into character, and character is the magnet which createsthe environment of the individual.

166. What is the controlling factor inevery commercial pursuit?The mental element.

167. Why is this so?Because Mind is the ruler and creator of all form and all events occurring in form.

168. How does concentration operate?By the development of the powers ofperception, wisdom, intuition andsagacity.

169. Why is intuition superior to reason?Because it does not depend upon experience or memory and frequentlybrings about the solution to our problem by methods concerning which weare in entire ignorance.

170. What is the result of pursuing thesymbol instead of the reality?

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


They frequently turn to ashes just aswe overtake them, because the symbol is only the outward form of thespiritual activity within, thereforeunless we can possess the spiritualreality, the form disappears.

PART EIGHTEEN.171. How is the difference in individual

lives measured!By the degree of intelligence whichthey manifest.

172. What is the law by which the individual may control other forms of intelligence ?

A recognition of the self as an individualization of the Universal Intelligence.

173. Where does the creative power originate ?

In the Universal.174. How does the Universal create form ?

By means of the individual.175. What is the connecting link between

the individual and the Universal?Thought.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


176. What is the principle by which themeans of existence is carried intoeffect?

! The Law of Love. . ;

177. How is this principle brought intoexpression?By the law of growth.

178. Upon what condition does the law ofgrowth depend?Upon reciprocal action. The individual is complete at all times and thismakes it possible to receive only aswe give.

179. What is it that we give?Thought.

180. What do we receive?Thought, which is substance inequilibrium and which is constantlybeing differentiated in form by whatwe think.

PART NINETEEN.181. How are extremes placed in con

trast?They are designated by distinctivenames, such as inside and outside,

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


top and bottom, light and dark, goodand bad.

182. Are these separate entities?No, they are parts or aspects of oneWhole.

183. What is the one creative Principle inthe physical, mental and spiritualworld?The Universal Mind, or the EternalEnergy from which all things proceed.

184. How are we related to this creativePrinciple ?

By our ability to think.185. How does this creative Principle be

come operative?Thought is the seed, which results inaction and action results in form.

186. Upon what does form depend?Upon the rate of vibration.

187. How may the rate of vibration bechanged?By mental action.

188. Upon what does mental action depends

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


Upon polarity, action and reaction,between the individual and the Universal.

189. Does the creative energy originatein the individual or the Universal?In the Universal, but the Universalcan manifest only through the individual.

190. Why is the individual necessary?Because the Universal is static, andrequires energy to start it in motion.This is furnished by food which isconverted into energy, which in turnenables the individual to think. Whenthe individual stops eating he stopsthinking ; then he no longer acts uponthe Universal; there is consequentlyno longer any action or reaction ; theUniversal is then only pure mind instatic form—mind at rest.

PART TWENTY.191. Upon what condition does power de

pendsUpon recognition and use.

192. What is recognition?Consciousness.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


193. How do we become conscious of power?By thinking.

194. What then is the true businessof life?Correct scientific thinking.

195. What is correct scientific thinking?The ability to adjust our thoughtprocesses to the will of the Universal.In other words to co-operate withNatural laws.

196. How is this accomplished?By securing a perfect understandingof the principles, forces, methods andcombinations of mind.

197. What is this Universal Mind ?

The basic fact of all existence.198. What is the cause of all lack, limita

tion, disease and discord?It is due to the operation of exactlythe same law, the law operates relentlessly and is continually bringing about conditions in correspondence with the thought which originated or created them.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


199. What is inspiration?The art of realizing the omnipresence of omniscience.

200. Upon what does the conditions withwhich we meet depend?Upon the quality of our thought. Because what we do depends upon whatwe are and what we are dependsupon what we think.

PART TWENTY-ONE.201. What is the real secret of power?

The consciousness of power, becausewhatever we become conscious of, isinvariably manifested in the objective world, is brought forth intotangible expression.

202. What is the source of this power?The Universal Mind, from which allthings proceed, and which is one andindivisible.

203. How is this power being manifested?Through the individual, each individual is a channel whereby this energyis being differentiated in form.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


204. How may we connect with this Omnipotence?Our ability to think is our ability toact on this Universal Energy, andwhat we think is what is producedor created in the objective world.

205. What is the result of this discovery?The result is nothing less than marvelous, it opens unprecedented andlimitless opportunity.

206. How, then, may we eliminate imperfect conditions?By becoming conscious of our Unitywith the source of all power.

207. What is one of the distinctive characteristics of the Master Mind?He thinks big thoughts, he holdsideas large enough to counteract anddestroy all petty and annoying obstacles.

208. How do experiences come to us?Through the law of attraction.

209. How is this law brought into operation?By our predominant mental attitude.

210. What is the issue between the old

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


regime and the new?A question of conviction as to the nature of the Universe. The old regimeis trying to cling to the fatalisticdoctrine of Divine election. Thenew regime recognizes the divinityof the individual, the democracy ofhumanity.

PART TWENTY-TWO.211. How may sickness be eliminated!

By placing ourselves in harmonywith Natural Law which is Omnipotent.

212. What is the process ?

A realization that man is a spiritualbeing and that this spirit must necessarily be perfect.

213. What is the result?A conscious recognition of this perfection, first intellectually then emotionally brings about a manifestationof this perfection.

214. Why is this so?Because thought is spiritual andtherefore creative and correlates

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


with its object and brings it intomanifestation.

215. What Natural Law is brought intooperation?The Law of Vibration.

216. Why does this govern?Because a higher rate of vibrationgoverns, modifies, controls, changesor destroys a lower rate of vibration.

217. Is this system of mental therapeuticsgenerally recognized?Yes, there are over a million peoplein this country who make use of it inone form or another.

218. What is the result of this system ofthought?For the first time in the world's history every man's highest reasoningfaculty can be satisfied by a demonstrable truth which is now fast flooding the world.

219. Is this system applicable to otherforms of supply?It will meet every human requirement or necessity.

220. Is this system scientific or religious ?

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


Both. True science and true religionare twin sisters, where one goes, theother necessarily follows.

PART TWENTY-THREE.221. What is the first law of success ?

Service.222. How may we be of the most service ?

By having an open mind. By beinginterested in the race rather than thegoal, in the pursuit rather than possession.

223. What is the result of a selfishthought?It contains the germs of dissolution.

224. How will our greatest success beachieved?By a recognition of the fact that itis just as essential to give as to receive.

225. Why do financiers frequently meetwith great success?Because they do their own thinking.

226. Why do the great majority in everycountry remain the docile and apparently willing tools of the few.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


Because they let the few do all theirthinking for them.

227. What is the effect of concentratingupon sorrow and loss!More sorrow and more loss.

228. What is the effect of concentratingupon gain?More gain.

229. Is this principle used in the businessworld?It is the only principle which is everused, or ever can be used; there is noother principle. The fact that it maybe used unconsciously does not alteror change the situation.

230. What is the practical application ofthis principle ?

The fact that success is an effect, nota cause, and if we wish to secure theeffect we must ascertain the cause,or idea or thought by which the effectis created.

PART TWENTY-FOUR.231. Upon what principle does the theory

and practice of every system of Meta

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


physics in existence depend ? Upon a

knowledge of the "Truth" concern-yourself and the world in which youlive.

232. What is the "Truth" concerningyourself. The real "I" or ego isspiritual and can therefore never beless than perfect.

233. What is the method of destroyingany form of error. To absolutely convince yourself of the "Truth" concerning the condition which you wishto see manifested.

234. Can we do this for others? The Universal Mind in which "we live andmove and have our being" is one andindivisible, it is therefore just as possible to help others as to help ourselves.

235. What is the Universal Mind? Thetotality of all mind in existence.

236. Where is the Universal Mind? TheUniversal Mind is omnipresent, itexists everywhere. There is no placewhere it is not. It is therefore within us. It is "The World within." Itis our spirit, our life.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


237. What is the nature of the UniversalMind? It is spiritual and consequently creative. It seeks to expressitself in form.

238. How may we act on the UniversalMind? Our ability to think is ourability to act on the Universal Mindand bring it into manifestation forthe benefit of ourselves or others.

239. What is meant by thinking? Cleardecisive, calm, deliberate, sustainedthought with a definite end in view.

240. What will be the result? You willalso be able to say, "It is not I thatdoeth the works, but the "Father"that dwelleth in me, He doeth theworks." You will come to knowthat the "Father" is the UniversalMind and that He does really andtruly dwell within you, in otherwords, you will come to know thatthe wonderful promises made in theBible are fact, not fiction and can bedemonstrated by anyone having sufficient understanding.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

GLOSSARY

ABSOLUTE —That which cannot be measured, determined, limited, expressed; the fundamentallyand self-existently real from which all otherreality springs.

ACCRETION —Growth or accumulation by externaladditions.

ALTRUISTIC—The instinct and emotion whichprompts to effort on behalf of others.

ANALYTICAL — Proceeding by analysis; the separating of anything into first principles.

ANTHROPOMORPHIC— The ascription of humanattributes, feelings and conduct to the Deity;the natural result of the limitation of humanthought and language.

APPERCEPTION—The mental process which associates and brings to attention all the ideas andmemories associated with the central thoughtto which the attention is directly given.

ARCANA —An inner secret or mystery; somethinghidden from the mass of men; one of the greatsecrets which the alchemists sought to discover.

ATTENTION —The act or process of giving especial clearness to one or more particulars in thecomplex content of consciousness. Thus thedifference between an ordinary mind and themind of a Newton consists principally in this,that the one is capable of a more continuous attention than the other.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


BELIEF—Confidence in the truth of a propositionwhich is felt to lack positive proof; acceptancewithout proof; that which is believed; a creed.

CELL—The smallest element of an organized bodythat manifests independent vital activities. Thetissues of the human body are an aggregate ofcells and their products, they are from 1-125to 1-5000 of an inch in diameter.

CONCENTRATE— To draw or direct to or towarda common center.

CONCEPTION— The act of grasping two or moreattributes into the unity of thought which wecall a concept.

CONSCIOUSNESS—All forms of sensation, feeling, perception planning and thought; a comprehensive term for the complement of all ourcognitive energies.

COSMIC—Pertaining to the universe as a harmonious and orderly system as opposed tochaotic.

COSMOLOGICAL— Relating to the nature andlaws of the cosmos as an instituted and alterable order of things, as a cosmological argument.

DEDUCTION— Reasoning from the general to theparticular; deduction proceeds from a generalprinciple, through an admitted instance to a

conclusion.DIFFERENTIATION— The process of making or

becoming different, as the hypothesis that thecharacteristic cell growth and divergent par-ticularization of all organism are due to environ

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


ment and local conditions as opposed to inherited differentiation by which the characteristics are inherent in the composition of theembryo.

EGO—The "I" which thinks, feels and acts; theconscious, individual or the thinking self asdistinguished from all objects of thought andfrom its own states or powers; the pure principle of personal identity.

ELECTRICITY—A material agency which, whenin motion, exhibits magnetic, chemical andthermal effects.

ELOHIM—The Hebrew title of most frequent occurrence in the old testament, expressing absolute Divine power.

EVOLUTION— The unity of action exhibited inthe operations of nature; the act or process ofevolving; the succession of changes by whicha germ passes from a simple to a complex condition. "With each succeeding Kingdom, evolution has changed its direction upward fromthe physical to the psychical." —Funk.

ELECTRON—The smallest known component ofmatter; always associated with an unvaryingunit charge of negative electricity.

FAITH —Active belief; belief which amounts to a

basis for action upon the accepted premises.GERMINATE— The first act of growth, in a seed,

spore or ovum.GLOSSARY —An explanatory vocabulary dealing

with a class of words, as o' tf'ose of a dialector a science.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


GOD—The embodiment or some aspect of realityor of some being regarded as the ultimate principle of the universe.

GRAVITATION— The tendency of every particleof matter in the universe toward every otherparticle; also the law which expresses thisforce which is; the accelerating tendency ofbodies toward the center of the earth is equalto the earth's attraction minus the centrifugalforce arising from the rotation of the earth onits axis.

HARMONY —Completeness and perfection resulting from diversity in unity; agreement m relation; orderliness.

IDEA—A thought which is conceived to be in ameasure independent of the thinker, and, ina sense, self existent, "Thought" is used toname the pesentation which is the direct product of the active mind and which would notand could not exist apart from the acting mind,while "idea" is used to name the presentationof the mind which is no longer considered asacting; a presentation which might even existapart from, and independent of, a mind or itsactivities. A thought is felt to be peculiar tothe one thinking it, while the idea is felt to bein a measure, self-determined or due to thenature of that with which it is associated so thatall minds would form it the same; the term stillfeels the influence of Plato's conception of theideas as the forms of fundamental reality.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

13 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


IDEALIZE —To render ideal, to conform to somemental standard as of perfection.

INHIBIT— To restrict by prohibition; to check; tosuppress.

IMAGINATION —The act or power of combiningproducts of past experiences in new, modifiedor ideal forms. The creative or constructivepower of the mind. The act of constructiveintellect in grouping knowledge or thought intonew, original or rational systems. "Science,Invention and Philosophy have little use forfancy, but the creative, penetrative power ofimagination is to them the breath of life, andthe condition of all advance and success."

IMMUTABLE —Not capable of change, either byincrease or decrease, by development or selfevolution; unchangeable; invariable and permanent.

INDUCTION— The scientific method that proceedsby 1, exact operation; 2, correct interpretation;3, rational explanation; 4, scientific construction.Reasoning from the particular to the general;Induction proceeds from a number of collatedinstances, through some attribute common tothem all, to a general principle.

INDIVIDUAL— A complete independent single being; incapable of division without loss of identity.

INEXORABLE —Not to be moved by entreaty; Unyielding; unrelenting; implacable; inflexible.

INFINITE —Self-existent and all-inclusive reality;unmeasured, undetermined, unlimited; independ

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


ent of expression, yet including all expressions,or actualized things; the absolute.

INSIGHT—A perception of the inner nature of athing.

. INSPIRATION—The inbreathing or imparting ofan idea, emotion or mental or spiritual influence;the elevating and creative influence of genius.

INTANGIBLE —Incapable of being touched; notperceptible to the senses, having no clear foundation in fact.

INTUITION—A conclusion which was arrived atwithout the conscious use of reason and notdirectly traceable to ordinary understandingsof sensory experiences; the faculty of (unconscious) mind by which we arrive at intuitions, orknow things without being taught; direct, orimmediate knowledge of physical or moralvalues.

KEY—Anything which discloses or opens something to the understanding, as a key to a subject or problem; that which opens the wayto other projects or renders farther progresspossible. i' i ■ *

KINETIC—Producing motion; active as opposed tolatent; the kinetic theory has been found capable of explaining nearly all the phenomenaof gases and is now generally accepted.

LEAVEN—Anything that by exerting a secret orsilent influence gradually brings about a changein character or conditions.'

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


LOGIC —The science or doctrine of correct thinking; the principles governing the reasoningfaculties in the pursuit and exposition of truth.

LOVE—The outgoing or yearning of the soul forwhat is good or excellent.

MASTER —One who controls or has authority; asuperior, a ruler or governor; one who gainsthe victory as "I am the master of my fate."

MASTER KEY—A key which controls a number oflocks, the separate keys of which are not interchangeable.

MATTER— That form of being or substance thatis characterized by extension, inertia, weight,etc.; or, in general, by the properties cognizedby the senses.

MECHANISM —The structure or means of actionof any mechanical contrivance. "A human organism with all its parts in harmonious actionis a splendid mechanism." —Winchell.

METAPHYSICS— The science of the first principlesof being and of knowledge; the reasoned doctrine of the essential nature and fundamentalrelations of all that is real.

MIND —An abstract, collective term for all formsof conscious intelligence.

NATURAL LAW— That which is normal or inaccordance with the ordinary course of things;as opposed to the super-natural.

NEGATIVE—Absence or obscurity of anythingaffirmative or definite; emptiness; voidness;nullity. Thus, "You can never overthrow falsehood by negative, but by establishing the antagonistic truth."—Robertson.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


OBJECTIVE —Having the nature of an object orbeing that is thought of or perceived; as opposed to that which thinks or perceives.

OMNISCIENCE— Knowledge of all things; infinite or unlimited knowledge.

OMNIPOTENT —Possessing unlimited or universalpower, applicable to the Deity alone.

OMNIPRESENCE—Essentially present everywhereat the same time.

PERCEPTION—Any insight or intuitive judgmentthat implies unusual discernment of fact ortruth.

PERSONAL—Pertaining to, or characteristic of ahuman being.

PHILOSOPHY —Knowledge, in a scientific system,of the ultimate principles, elements, cause andlaws that underlie and explain all knowledgeand existence, and their application in the explanation of these.

PHYSICS—That science or group of sciences whichtreats of the phenomena associated with matterin general, especially in its relation to energyand the laws governing these phenomena.

PHYSIOLOGY— The branch of biology whichtreats of the vital phenomena manifested byanimals and plants.

PLASTIC —Capable of being moulded into form;as the plastic mind of Truth; or the innermind of man as having a plastic power overhis material body.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


POLARITY—That quality of a body by which itssmallest parts have certain properties relatedto a line of direction through its mass, theproperties at one end of the line being oppositeto the properties at the other end of it, as in a

magnet. ■ ■

POSITIVE—Inherent in a thing, by and of itself;not related to other things, or to human judgment or feeling; absolute; inherent; not admitting of doubt; final; undeniable and incontestable.

POTENTIAL —Possible, but not actual; possessinginherent qualities for development; inherentpower, capability, efficiency, as opposed to actuality.

PRECEDENT— Something antecedent in matter,manner or. form; which may be cited as an example, model, authority or justification.

PREDOMINANT— Superior in power, influence, ef

fectiveness; having ascendency or control.PREMISE—A proposition laid down, proved, sup

posed or assumed that serves as a ground foran argument or conclusion.

PRINCIPLE—The ultimate essential element thatenters into the composition of all being. Themoving cause, power or force by which beingmanifests. The Universal truth expressing thelaw of this manifestation. The source, causeor power which naturally or necessarily producescertain results; that which determines the nature, character and essence of anything.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


PROPHYLACTIC—Any measure efficacious inprotecting from disease.

PSYCHICAL — Pertaining to the mind or soul; mental as distinguished from the physical of physiological.

PSYCHOLOGY— The science which treats of themind, its functions, condition of activity anddevelopment; essential nature and place in nature at large.

RADIANT—Emitting rays of light or brightness;figuratively, beaming with joy, kindness andlove.

RADICAL—Proceeding from the root, source orfoundation. Hence, thorough going, extreme,fundamental.

REALITY—That which is believed to exist independently of thoughts or opinions; the independently existent; the genuine; opposed to theimaginary or fanciful. That appears realitywhich receives a major share of the attention.

REASON— (1) The faculty of mind by which experiences are compared and inference drawn;(2) The process of arriving at conclusions bymeans of comparisons; (3) A proposition fromwhich another is validly inferred. (Bald.)

RELAX —To make less vigorous or stringent; abatein strictness or severity; mitigate; to relievefrom strain or effort; abate in attention or assiduity, as to relax the mind.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


SAGACITY —The power of ready, far-reaching andaccurate inference from slight facts; or readiness to see the result of any action; especiallyupon human actions or conduct.

SAMENESS —The least degree of diversity.SCIENCE —Knowledge gained and verified by ex

act observations and correct thinking; methodically formulated and arranged in a rational system.

SERVICE —The act of helping another or promoting his interests in any way.

SOLAR PLEXUS— The largest sympathetic plexusin the body found behind the stomach in partof the aorta and the pillars of the diaphragm.It is composed of branches of the pneumogastricand great splanchnic nerves; the most important ganglia connected with its cords are theright and left similunar. A number of smallerplexus are derived from it.

SPIRIT —The Invisible and incorporeal principle inman; the principle of self-consciousness, self-activity and of rational power in general; thatwhich signifies a likeness in man to the DivineBeing.

SUB-CONSCIOUS—That which pertains to thereal nature or essence of a person or thing; proceeding from or taking place within the subject,as opposed to the objective. Thus sensation issubconscious, while perception is an objectiveexperience.

SUBJECTIVE—Such processes as seem to havepsychical characteristics, but are not attendedby consciousness.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


SYLLABUS—A concise statement of a subject; anepitome, abstract statement or summary.

SYLLOGISM—A logical formula or analysis of aformal argument, consisting of three propositions, the first two of which are called the premises and the third the conclusion.

SYSTEM —The orderly combination or arrangement into a whole; especially such combinationsaccording to some rational principle or organicidea giving it unity and completeness.

TELEPATHY— (Greek, tele, at a distance, pathos',to experience.) The communication of thoughtsbetween minds without any material medium,ordinary expression or the use of the senses.

THEOLOGY—The science that treats of the beingof God, the attributes of God, the doctrine ofthe Trinity and creation and providence.

THERAPEUTIC— The art and science of curingdisease.

TRANSCENDENTAL—Rising above the ordinarynotions of men; transcending all ordinary specified bounds or powers; surpassing the limitsof individual experiences, but forming the universal and necessary conditions of experiencesin general.

TRUTH —A statement or belief which representsor conforms to the reality; a law or principleestablished by correct reasoning.

UNIVERSAL —Relating to the entire universe; all-embtacing; unlimited; regarded or existing asa whole; entire.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


VIBRATION—A rapid motion back and forth; a

vibration is completely determined by its ampli-4. '. tilde, frequency and period; thus the finest vi

brations appreciated in a musical note are 16

per second and those which produce the highesttone 41,000 per second.

VISUALIZE —To give pictorial vividness to a mental representation; to construct a visual imagein the mind.

VOLATILE—Not lasting or permanent; fleeting;transcient; changeable; evaporating.

WILL—The mental power to choose; the powerto mould the expressions of the mind; the realization of desires; volition.

"I hold it true that thoughts are thingsEndowed with being, breath and wingsAnd that we send them forth to tillThe world with good results, or ill."

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

Master Key ResumeBY

MRS. COE DIXON.The inscription ' ' Know Thyself, ' ' as written'

over the entrance of the Temple Delhi, 600 B.C, does not apply to the Greeks, alone, but isa command to every man and every womanof every age. It is written over the door ofeach living temple, not as a decoration, butis the passport into the city beautiful. Everydoor that swings ajar from ignorance to. wisdom, from lack to plenty, from death to life,has done so because the Master of the Househas found the Master-Key. »

The Master-Key System came to me as anold friend who had returned from a journeythat I was about to embark upon. I foundthat it had carefully catalogued and pigeonholed the great points of interest and truthof life, and had them so systematically andorderly arranged, that, by the use of its guide;I was enabled to lay my hands upon an ' ' ever-present help" in the darkest night of indecision.

First, I was given a trip to the inner powerhouse, shown how to connect the great beltto the Omnipotent. Each department was visited, its heads, sub-heads and down to eachlittle messenger gone over carefully. Nextwe inspected the product of thought. In thisplant the first output is the perfect product of

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


health, affluence and harmony. This trinityis a thing of beauty as well as a joy forever.Now my attention was directed to what iscalled "seconds," having the appearance ofthe real only. Here I found limitation, lack,inharmony, sickness, etc. My benevolentfriend also displayed for my benefit the exorbitant sums paid for the "seconds" whenthe real is offered at half the price.

The Master-Key, to the Master's House, within the Master Kingdom, is within the mind ofevery man or woman. The Key is the goldenprivilege of "It is given unto you to knowthe mysteries of the Kingdom" within. Thewards of the lock are so fitted that they opento the positive, spoken word. Within the palaceare the royal purple, fine linen, golden sandalsand signet ring. The feast of the fatted calfof substance, supply, health and harmony isready and waiting. The servants smile a greeting and are calmly waiting, ready and willingto serve the prodigal with the best.

Like most students, I found that as I reachedthe borders of the Promised Land, I still heldhusks of the swine herd that Fear had thrustinto my hands, knowing well that these alonewould keep me standing without until thefeast was over and done. But a recognitionof the need of the meat of the kingdom, andft "I WILL arise and go to my Father,"brought me within sight of the mansion. Thismodicum of insight was the impetus or "lamp"

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


unto my world-weary feet, and so I pursued myjourney and passed on.

The Master-Key marks well the guide postsof the by-roads of this journey. Well established trade-marks indicate the truth that theinner guides offer, and best of all it labelsboldly the "seconds," with their gaudy, inferior wares and fleeting pleasures.

The Spirit of Life, the Soul and man's physical entity, are so clearly and comprehensivelymapped before the student that he is soonable to discern, trace and describe the Circle.Then follows the meaning of the mystic number "three" and "one" as centralization. Herehe learns that life is one great verse of joyand interest, and that he, Man, is the veryepitome of it all.

The Master-Key not only introduces man tohimself, but shows him his source, his relativesand friends. It places within his hands themighty field-glass that searches out the location of the camps, trenches and movements ofthe enemy, "Ignorance." Within this training camp of the "Key" system he is taughthow to set up a station that is correctly attunedto that of his great Commander-in-Chief, "Universal Mind." Here he is trained to concentrate his army of constructive thoughts, howto move and flank them as one great, livingunit upon the outer field of the affairs of dailylife, and to finally come "over the top" ofwhat appeared, before his matriculation, as

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

Master Key ReviewBY

DR. T. R. SANJIVITinnevelli. South India.

This is an age of enquiry and ergo of discovery. And the greatest discovery of the ageis the discovery of Thought-Force, or Thought-Power. Its importance, however, has not asyet penetrated human consciousness, as it isbelieved to have, in the brilliant days of India'srenown, at least in the cultured circles ofRajarishis, Brahma-Rishis, Yogees, Siddhas,Bhaktas, Gnanis, Mantrikas, etc.

The system of Self-culture under review istruly a clear presentation of the creative powerof correct thinking, and it has been carefully and scientifically prepared, so that thestudents may prove for themselves the importance of the practical results, to be derived from a regular course of instruction.

This Course consists of 24 parts. Part 1deals with the relation between the world within and the world without. Part 2 deals withthe two modes of mental activity. "'How toawake the solar plexus and completely eliminate fear" is dealth with in Part 3. Amongother things, Part 4 speaks of the development of faith and courage, and Part 5 theSecret of Power and the Law of Attraction.Parts 6 and 7 refer to concentration, visualiza

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle


tion and the materialization of ideals. Thenext three contain splendid intructions inregard to the cultivation of imagination, the secret of the solution to everyproblem, and a good sadhana demonstratingthe law of abundance. Other parts continuethe usefull instructions concerning the dynamic power of thought, of a mental harmonyand efficiency, the mastery of fate or Karma,the law whereby the sadhaka may controlother forms of intelligence, the elimination ofsickness and the secret of mental therapeutics,Part 23 is a solace to those who are ignorantof the practical nature of spirituality. Thelast part is a blessing to those who desire tomaster the marvelous secrets of the theoryand practice of constructive thinking. Bystudying these several lessons the student willknow that he is a wonderful being with wonderful latent forces and resources in a trulywonderful Universe.

Temples have their sacred images, andwe see what influence they have always hadover a great part of mankind; but, in truth,the ideas and images in men's minds arethe invisible powers that constantly governthem; and to these they all pay universallya ready submission. —Jonathan Edwards.

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

Gen

erat

ed fo

r dev

eney

jp (U

nive

rsity

of C

hica

go) o

n 20

15-1

2-09

18:

14 G

MT

/ h

ttp:

//hdl

.han

dle.

net/2

027/

mdp

.390

1501

5392

056

Publ

ic D

omai

n, G

oogl

e-di

gitiz

ed /

htt

p://w

ww

.hat

hitr

ust.o

rg/a

cces

s_us

e#pd

-goo

gle

The Master Key System - IAPSOP.com

Documents

Transcript of The Master Key System - IAPSOP.com